Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc2.c @ 4805:66803af09906 v7.3.1149
updated for version 7.3.1149
Problem: New regexp engine: Matching plain text could be faster.
Solution: Detect a plain text match and handle it specifically. Add
vim_regfree().
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 08 Jun 2013 18:19:48 +0200 |
| parents | 04736b4030ec |
| children | cb0a5c9c0f9b |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc2.c: Various functions. | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 #include "vim.h" | |
| 14 | |
| 359 | 15 static char_u *username = NULL; /* cached result of mch_get_user_name() */ |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL; /* used for expanding filenames */ | |
| 18 | |
| 7 | 19 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 20 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol)); | |
| 21 | |
| 22 /* | |
| 23 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual. | |
| 24 */ | |
| 25 int | |
| 26 virtual_active() | |
| 27 { | |
| 28 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because | |
| 29 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block" | |
| 30 * being used. */ | |
| 31 if (virtual_op != MAYBE) | |
| 32 return virtual_op; | |
| 33 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL | |
| 34 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 35 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 36 # endif | |
| 37 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT))); | |
| 38 } | |
| 39 | |
| 40 /* | |
| 41 * Get the screen position of the cursor. | |
| 42 */ | |
| 43 int | |
| 44 getviscol() | |
| 45 { | |
| 46 colnr_T x; | |
| 47 | |
| 48 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
| 49 return (int)x; | |
| 50 } | |
| 51 | |
| 52 /* | |
| 53 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line. | |
| 54 */ | |
| 55 int | |
| 56 getviscol2(col, coladd) | |
| 57 colnr_T col; | |
| 58 colnr_T coladd; | |
| 59 { | |
| 60 colnr_T x; | |
| 61 pos_T pos; | |
| 62 | |
| 63 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 64 pos.col = col; | |
| 65 pos.coladd = coladd; | |
| 66 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
| 67 return (int)x; | |
| 68 } | |
| 69 | |
| 70 /* | |
| 1209 | 71 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as necessary to get the |
| 7 | 72 * cursor in that column. |
| 73 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo! | |
| 74 */ | |
| 75 int | |
| 76 coladvance_force(wcol) | |
| 77 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 78 { | |
| 79 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol); | |
| 80 | |
| 81 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 82 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 83 else | |
| 84 { | |
| 85 /* Virtcol is valid */ | |
| 86 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 87 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
| 88 } | |
| 89 return rc; | |
| 90 } | |
| 91 #endif | |
| 92 | |
| 93 /* | |
| 94 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column. | |
| 95 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position. | |
| 96 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share | |
| 97 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)), | |
| 98 * beginning at coladd 0. | |
| 99 * | |
| 100 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
| 101 */ | |
| 102 int | |
| 103 coladvance(wcol) | |
| 104 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 105 { | |
| 106 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol); | |
| 107 | |
| 108 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL) | |
| 109 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 44 | 110 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB) |
| 7 | 111 { |
| 44 | 112 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */ |
| 7 | 113 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; |
| 114 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
| 115 } | |
| 116 return rc; | |
| 117 } | |
| 118 | |
| 119 /* | |
| 120 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol". | |
| 121 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
| 122 */ | |
| 123 int | |
| 124 getvpos(pos, wcol) | |
| 125 pos_T *pos; | |
| 126 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 127 { | |
| 128 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 129 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol); | |
| 130 } | |
| 131 | |
| 132 static int | |
| 133 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol) | |
| 134 pos_T *pos; | |
| 135 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */ | |
| 1209 | 136 int finetune; /* change char offset for the exact column */ |
| 7 | 137 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */ |
| 138 { | |
| 139 #endif | |
| 140 int idx; | |
| 141 char_u *ptr; | |
| 142 char_u *line; | |
| 143 colnr_T col = 0; | |
| 144 int csize = 0; | |
| 145 int one_more; | |
| 146 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 147 int head = 0; | |
| 148 #endif | |
| 149 | |
| 772 | 150 one_more = (State & INSERT) |
| 151 || restart_edit != NUL | |
| 7 | 152 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 772 | 153 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') |
| 154 #endif | |
| 155 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 782 | 156 || ((ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) && wcol < MAXCOL) |
| 772 | 157 #endif |
| 158 ; | |
| 1982 | 159 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos->lnum, FALSE); |
| 7 | 160 |
| 161 if (wcol >= MAXCOL) | |
| 162 { | |
| 163 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more; | |
| 164 col = wcol; | |
| 165 | |
| 166 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 167 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active) | |
| 168 { | |
| 169 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more; | |
| 170 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0) | |
| 171 --curwin->w_curswant; | |
| 172 } | |
| 173 #endif | |
| 174 } | |
| 175 else | |
| 176 { | |
| 177 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 178 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin); | |
| 179 | |
| 620 | 180 if (finetune |
| 7 | 181 && curwin->w_p_wrap |
| 182 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 183 && curwin->w_width != 0 | |
| 184 # endif | |
| 185 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width) | |
| 186 { | |
| 187 csize = linetabsize(line); | |
| 188 if (csize > 0) | |
| 189 csize--; | |
| 190 | |
| 620 | 191 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width |
| 192 && ((State & INSERT) == 0 || (int)wcol > csize + 1)) | |
| 7 | 193 { |
| 194 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the | |
| 620 | 195 * right screen edge. In Insert mode allow going just beyond |
| 196 * the last character (like what happens when typing and | |
| 197 * reaching the right window edge). */ | |
| 7 | 198 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1; |
| 199 } | |
| 200 } | |
| 201 #endif | |
| 202 | |
| 203 ptr = line; | |
| 204 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 205 { | |
| 206 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
| 207 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 208 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, ptr, col, &head); | |
| 39 | 209 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); |
| 7 | 210 #else |
| 211 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, col); | |
| 212 #endif | |
| 213 col += csize; | |
| 214 } | |
| 215 idx = (int)(ptr - line); | |
| 216 /* | |
| 217 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check | |
| 218 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of | |
| 219 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison | |
| 220 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on. | |
| 221 */ | |
| 222 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0)) | |
| 223 { | |
| 224 idx -= 1; | |
| 225 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 226 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */ | |
| 227 csize -= head; | |
| 228 # endif | |
| 229 col -= csize; | |
| 230 } | |
| 231 | |
| 232 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 233 if (virtual_active() | |
| 234 && addspaces | |
| 235 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1)) | |
| 236 { | |
| 237 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is | |
| 238 * filled with spaces. */ | |
| 239 | |
| 240 if (line[idx] == NUL) | |
| 241 { | |
| 242 /* Append spaces */ | |
| 243 int correct = wcol - col; | |
| 244 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1); | |
| 245 int t; | |
| 246 | |
| 247 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 248 return FAIL; | |
| 249 | |
| 250 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t) | |
| 251 newline[t] = line[t]; | |
| 252 | |
| 253 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t) | |
| 254 newline[t + idx] = ' '; | |
| 255 | |
| 256 newline[idx + correct] = NUL; | |
| 257 | |
| 258 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 259 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx); | |
| 260 idx += correct; | |
| 261 col = wcol; | |
| 262 } | |
| 263 else | |
| 264 { | |
| 265 /* Break a tab */ | |
| 266 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 267 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */ | |
| 840 | 268 char_u *newline; |
| 7 | 269 int t, s = 0; |
| 270 int v; | |
| 271 | |
| 840 | 272 if (-correct > csize) |
| 273 return FAIL; | |
| 274 | |
| 275 newline = alloc(linelen + csize); | |
| 276 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 7 | 277 return FAIL; |
| 278 | |
| 279 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++) | |
| 280 { | |
| 281 if (t != idx) | |
| 282 newline[s++] = line[t]; | |
| 283 else | |
| 284 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++) | |
| 285 newline[s++] = ' '; | |
| 286 } | |
| 287 | |
| 288 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL; | |
| 289 | |
| 290 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 291 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx); | |
| 292 idx += (csize - 1 + correct); | |
| 293 col += correct; | |
| 294 } | |
| 295 } | |
| 296 #endif | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 | |
| 299 if (idx < 0) | |
| 300 pos->col = 0; | |
| 301 else | |
| 302 pos->col = idx; | |
| 303 | |
| 304 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 305 pos->coladd = 0; | |
| 306 | |
| 307 if (finetune) | |
| 308 { | |
| 309 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 310 { | |
| 311 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */ | |
| 312 if (!one_more) | |
| 313 { | |
| 314 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
| 315 | |
| 316 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
| 317 pos->coladd = ecol - scol; | |
| 318 } | |
| 319 } | |
| 320 else | |
| 321 { | |
| 322 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col; | |
| 323 | |
| 324 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */ | |
| 325 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin))) | |
| 326 pos->coladd = b; | |
| 327 | |
| 328 col += b; | |
| 329 } | |
| 330 } | |
| 331 #endif | |
| 332 | |
| 333 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1982 | 334 /* prevent from moving onto a trail byte */ |
| 7 | 335 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2933 | 336 mb_adjustpos(curbuf, pos); |
| 7 | 337 #endif |
| 338 | |
| 339 if (col < wcol) | |
| 340 return FAIL; | |
| 341 return OK; | |
| 342 } | |
| 343 | |
| 344 /* | |
| 1621 | 345 * Increment the cursor position. See inc() for return values. |
| 7 | 346 */ |
| 347 int | |
| 348 inc_cursor() | |
| 349 { | |
| 350 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 351 } | |
| 352 | |
| 1621 | 353 /* |
| 354 * Increment the line pointer "lp" crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
| 355 * Return 1 when going to the next line. | |
| 356 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line). | |
| 357 * Return -1 when at the end of file. | |
| 358 * Return 0 otherwise. | |
| 359 */ | |
| 7 | 360 int |
| 361 inc(lp) | |
| 362 pos_T *lp; | |
| 363 { | |
| 364 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp); | |
| 365 | |
| 366 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */ | |
| 367 { | |
| 368 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 369 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 370 { | |
| 474 | 371 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 372 |
| 373 lp->col += l; | |
| 374 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
| 375 } | |
| 376 #endif | |
| 377 lp->col++; | |
| 378 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 379 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 380 #endif | |
| 381 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
| 382 } | |
| 383 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */ | |
| 384 { | |
| 385 lp->col = 0; | |
| 386 lp->lnum++; | |
| 387 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 388 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 389 #endif | |
| 390 return 1; | |
| 391 } | |
| 392 return -1; | |
| 393 } | |
| 394 | |
| 395 /* | |
| 396 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
| 397 */ | |
| 398 int | |
| 399 incl(lp) | |
| 400 pos_T *lp; | |
| 401 { | |
| 402 int r; | |
| 403 | |
| 404 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col) | |
| 405 r = inc(lp); | |
| 406 return r; | |
| 407 } | |
| 408 | |
| 409 /* | |
| 410 * dec(p) | |
| 411 * | |
| 412 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
| 413 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise. | |
| 414 */ | |
| 415 int | |
| 416 dec_cursor() | |
| 417 { | |
| 418 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 419 } | |
| 420 | |
| 421 int | |
| 422 dec(lp) | |
| 423 pos_T *lp; | |
| 424 { | |
| 425 char_u *p; | |
| 426 | |
| 427 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 428 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 429 #endif | |
| 430 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */ | |
| 431 { | |
| 432 lp->col--; | |
| 433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 434 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 435 { | |
| 436 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
| 437 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
| 438 } | |
| 439 #endif | |
| 440 return 0; | |
| 441 } | |
| 442 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */ | |
| 443 { | |
| 444 lp->lnum--; | |
| 445 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
| 446 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); | |
| 447 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 448 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 449 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
| 450 #endif | |
| 451 return 1; | |
| 452 } | |
| 453 return -1; /* at start of file */ | |
| 454 } | |
| 455 | |
| 456 /* | |
| 457 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
| 458 */ | |
| 459 int | |
| 460 decl(lp) | |
| 461 pos_T *lp; | |
| 462 { | |
| 463 int r; | |
| 464 | |
| 465 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col) | |
| 466 r = dec(lp); | |
| 467 return r; | |
| 468 } | |
| 469 | |
| 470 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
471 * Get the line number relative to the current cursor position, i.e. the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
472 * difference between line number and cursor position. Only look for lines that |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
473 * can be visible, folded lines don't count. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
474 */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
475 linenr_T |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
476 get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
477 win_T *wp; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
478 linenr_T lnum; /* line number to get the result for */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
479 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
480 linenr_T cursor = wp->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
481 linenr_T retval = 0; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
482 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
483 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
484 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
485 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
486 if (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
487 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
488 while (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
489 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
490 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
491 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
492 * now lnum <= cursor */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
493 if (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
494 retval++; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
495 lnum--; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
496 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
497 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
498 else if (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
499 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
500 while (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
501 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
502 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
503 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
504 * now lnum >= cursor */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
505 if (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
506 retval--; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
507 lnum++; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
508 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
509 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
510 /* else if (lnum == cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
511 * retval = 0; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
512 */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
513 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
514 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
515 #endif |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
516 retval = lnum - cursor; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
517 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
518 return retval; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
519 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
520 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
521 /* |
| 7 | 522 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid. |
| 523 */ | |
| 524 void | |
| 525 check_cursor_lnum() | |
| 526 { | |
| 527 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 528 { | |
| 529 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 530 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in | |
| 531 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */ | |
| 532 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
| 533 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL)) | |
| 534 #endif | |
| 535 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 536 } | |
| 537 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0) | |
| 538 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 539 } | |
| 540 | |
| 541 /* | |
| 542 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid. | |
| 543 */ | |
| 544 void | |
| 545 check_cursor_col() | |
| 546 { | |
| 2933 | 547 check_cursor_col_win(curwin); |
| 548 } | |
| 549 | |
| 550 /* | |
| 551 * Make sure win->w_cursor.col is valid. | |
| 552 */ | |
| 553 void | |
| 554 check_cursor_col_win(win) | |
| 555 win_T *win; | |
| 556 { | |
| 7 | 557 colnr_T len; |
| 558 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2933 | 559 colnr_T oldcol = win->w_cursor.col; |
| 560 colnr_T oldcoladd = win->w_cursor.col + win->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 561 #endif | |
| 562 | |
| 563 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(win->w_buffer, win->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE)); | |
| 7 | 564 if (len == 0) |
| 2933 | 565 win->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 566 else if (win->w_cursor.col >= len) | |
| 7 | 567 { |
| 1488 | 568 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line when: |
| 569 * - in Insert mode or restarting Insert mode | |
| 570 * - in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" | |
| 571 * - 'virtualedit' is set */ | |
| 620 | 572 if ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit |
| 7 | 573 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 574 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') | |
| 575 #endif | |
| 1488 | 576 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 577 || (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 578 #endif | |
| 7 | 579 || virtual_active()) |
| 2933 | 580 win->w_cursor.col = len; |
| 7 | 581 else |
| 1099 | 582 { |
| 2933 | 583 win->w_cursor.col = len - 1; |
| 1099 | 584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2933 | 585 /* Move the cursor to the head byte. */ |
| 1099 | 586 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2933 | 587 mb_adjustpos(win->w_buffer, &win->w_cursor); |
| 1099 | 588 #endif |
| 589 } | |
| 7 | 590 } |
| 2933 | 591 else if (win->w_cursor.col < 0) |
| 592 win->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7 | 593 |
| 594 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 595 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position, | |
| 596 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the | |
| 597 * line. */ | |
| 598 if (oldcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 2933 | 599 win->w_cursor.coladd = 0; |
| 7 | 600 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) |
| 1841 | 601 { |
| 2933 | 602 if (oldcoladd > win->w_cursor.col) |
| 603 win->w_cursor.coladd = oldcoladd - win->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1841 | 604 else |
| 605 /* avoid weird number when there is a miscalculation or overflow */ | |
| 2933 | 606 win->w_cursor.coladd = 0; |
| 1841 | 607 } |
| 7 | 608 #endif |
| 609 } | |
| 610 | |
| 611 /* | |
| 612 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character | |
| 613 */ | |
| 614 void | |
| 615 check_cursor() | |
| 616 { | |
| 617 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 618 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 619 } | |
| 620 | |
| 621 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 622 /* | |
| 623 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line. | |
| 624 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old". | |
| 625 */ | |
| 626 void | |
| 627 adjust_cursor_col() | |
| 628 { | |
| 629 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 630 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 631 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o') | |
| 632 # endif | |
| 633 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 634 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 635 } | |
| 636 #endif | |
| 637 | |
| 638 /* | |
| 639 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position. | |
| 640 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved. | |
| 641 */ | |
| 642 int | |
| 643 leftcol_changed() | |
| 644 { | |
| 645 long lastcol; | |
| 646 colnr_T s, e; | |
| 647 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 648 | |
| 649 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 650 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1; | |
| 651 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 652 | |
| 653 /* | |
| 654 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first | |
| 655 * character. | |
| 656 */ | |
| 657 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)) | |
| 658 { | |
| 659 retval = TRUE; | |
| 660 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)); | |
| 661 } | |
| 662 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso) | |
| 663 { | |
| 664 retval = TRUE; | |
| 665 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)); | |
| 666 } | |
| 667 | |
| 668 /* | |
| 669 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen, | |
| 670 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the | |
| 671 * line) adjust the scrolling. | |
| 672 */ | |
| 673 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e); | |
| 674 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol) | |
| 675 { | |
| 676 retval = TRUE; | |
| 677 coladvance(s - 1); | |
| 678 } | |
| 679 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol) | |
| 680 { | |
| 681 retval = TRUE; | |
| 682 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */ | |
| 683 { | |
| 684 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */ | |
| 685 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 686 } | |
| 687 } | |
| 688 | |
| 689 if (retval) | |
| 690 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 691 redraw_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 692 return retval; | |
| 693 } | |
| 694 | |
| 695 /********************************************************************** | |
| 696 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory. | |
| 697 */ | |
| 698 | |
| 699 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 700 | |
| 701 # define MEM_SIZES 8200 | |
| 702 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES]; | |
| 703 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES]; | |
| 704 static long_u mem_allocated; | |
| 705 static long_u mem_freed; | |
| 706 static long_u mem_peak; | |
| 707 static long_u num_alloc; | |
| 708 static long_u num_freed; | |
| 709 | |
| 710 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep)); | |
| 711 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep)); | |
| 712 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size)); | |
| 713 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp)); | |
| 714 | |
| 715 static void | |
| 716 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep) | |
| 717 size_t *sizep; | |
| 718 { | |
| 719 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
| 720 } | |
| 721 | |
| 722 static void | |
| 723 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep) | |
| 724 long_u *sizep; | |
| 725 { | |
| 726 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
| 727 } | |
| 728 | |
| 729 static void | |
| 730 mem_post_alloc(pp, size) | |
| 731 void **pp; | |
| 732 size_t size; | |
| 733 { | |
| 734 if (*pp == NULL) | |
| 735 return; | |
| 736 size -= sizeof(size_t); | |
| 737 *(long_u *)*pp = size; | |
| 738 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
| 739 mem_allocs[size-1]++; | |
| 740 else | |
| 741 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
| 742 mem_allocated += size; | |
| 743 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak) | |
| 744 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed; | |
| 745 num_alloc++; | |
| 746 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t)); | |
| 747 } | |
| 748 | |
| 749 static void | |
| 750 mem_pre_free(pp) | |
| 751 void **pp; | |
| 752 { | |
| 753 long_u size; | |
| 754 | |
| 755 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t)); | |
| 756 size = *(size_t *)*pp; | |
| 757 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
| 758 mem_frees[size-1]++; | |
| 759 else | |
| 760 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
| 761 mem_freed += size; | |
| 762 num_freed++; | |
| 763 } | |
| 764 | |
| 765 /* | |
| 766 * called on exit via atexit() | |
| 767 */ | |
| 768 void | |
| 769 vim_mem_profile_dump() | |
| 770 { | |
| 771 int i, j; | |
| 772 | |
| 773 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 774 j = 0; | |
| 775 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++) | |
| 776 { | |
| 777 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i]) | |
| 778 { | |
| 779 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
| 780 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: ")); | |
| 781 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); | |
| 782 j++; | |
| 783 if (j > 3) | |
| 784 { | |
| 785 j = 0; | |
| 786 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 787 } | |
| 788 } | |
| 789 } | |
| 790 | |
| 791 i = MEM_SIZES - 1; | |
| 792 if (mem_allocs[i]) | |
| 793 { | |
| 794 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 795 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
796 puts(_("ERROR: ")); |
| 7 | 797 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); |
| 798 } | |
| 799 | |
| 800 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"), | |
| 801 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak); | |
| 802 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"), | |
| 803 num_alloc, num_freed); | |
| 804 } | |
| 805 | |
| 806 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */ | |
| 807 | |
| 808 /* | |
| 809 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to | |
| 810 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add(). | |
| 811 */ | |
| 812 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
| 813 # define SMALL_MEM | |
| 814 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L | |
| 815 #else | |
| 816 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L) | |
| 817 #endif | |
| 3634 | 818 #define KEEP_ROOM_KB (KEEP_ROOM / 1024L) |
| 7 | 819 |
| 820 /* | |
| 1576 | 821 * Note: if unsigned is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc(). |
| 7 | 822 * Use lalloc for larger blocks. |
| 823 */ | |
| 824 char_u * | |
| 825 alloc(size) | |
| 826 unsigned size; | |
| 827 { | |
| 828 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
| 829 } | |
| 830 | |
| 831 /* | |
| 832 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero. | |
| 833 */ | |
| 834 char_u * | |
| 835 alloc_clear(size) | |
| 836 unsigned size; | |
| 837 { | |
| 838 char_u *p; | |
| 839 | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
840 p = lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE); |
| 7 | 841 if (p != NULL) |
| 842 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
| 843 return p; | |
| 844 } | |
| 845 | |
| 846 /* | |
| 847 * alloc() with check for maximum line length | |
| 848 */ | |
| 849 char_u * | |
| 850 alloc_check(size) | |
| 851 unsigned size; | |
| 852 { | |
| 853 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__) | |
| 854 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff) | |
| 855 { | |
| 856 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 857 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 858 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long")); | |
| 859 return NULL; | |
| 860 } | |
| 861 #endif | |
| 862 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
| 863 } | |
| 864 | |
| 865 /* | |
| 866 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero. | |
| 867 */ | |
| 868 char_u * | |
| 869 lalloc_clear(size, message) | |
| 870 long_u size; | |
| 871 int message; | |
| 872 { | |
| 873 char_u *p; | |
| 874 | |
| 875 p = (lalloc(size, message)); | |
| 876 if (p != NULL) | |
| 877 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
| 878 return p; | |
| 879 } | |
| 880 | |
| 881 /* | |
| 882 * Low level memory allocation function. | |
| 883 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST! | |
| 884 */ | |
| 885 char_u * | |
| 886 lalloc(size, message) | |
| 887 long_u size; | |
| 888 int message; | |
| 889 { | |
| 890 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */ | |
| 891 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */ | |
| 892 int try_again; | |
| 893 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM) | |
| 894 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */ | |
| 895 #endif | |
| 896 | |
| 897 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */ | |
| 898 if (size == 0) | |
| 899 { | |
| 900 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 901 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 902 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size); | |
| 903 return NULL; | |
| 904 } | |
| 905 | |
| 906 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 907 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size); | |
| 908 #endif | |
| 909 | |
| 910 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
| 911 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */ | |
| 912 p = NULL; | |
| 913 else | |
| 914 #endif | |
| 915 | |
| 916 /* | |
| 917 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and | |
| 918 * if some blocks are released call malloc again. | |
| 919 */ | |
| 920 for (;;) | |
| 921 { | |
| 922 /* | |
| 923 * Handle three kind of systems: | |
| 924 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return. | |
| 925 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
| 926 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory. | |
| 927 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() | |
| 928 */ | |
| 929 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL) | |
| 930 { | |
| 931 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM | |
| 932 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */ | |
| 933 goto theend; | |
| 934 #else | |
| 935 # ifndef SMALL_MEM | |
| 936 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
| 937 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */ | |
| 938 allocated += size; | |
| 939 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2) | |
| 940 goto theend; | |
| 941 allocated = 0; | |
| 942 # endif | |
| 943 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */ | |
| 3634 | 944 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM_KB && !releasing) |
| 7 | 945 { |
| 1737 | 946 free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */ |
| 7 | 947 p = NULL; |
| 948 } | |
| 949 else | |
| 950 goto theend; | |
| 951 #endif | |
| 952 } | |
| 953 /* | |
| 954 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless | |
| 955 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively. | |
| 956 */ | |
| 957 if (releasing) | |
| 958 break; | |
| 959 releasing = TRUE; | |
| 448 | 960 |
| 961 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ | |
| 962 try_again = mf_release_all(); /* release as many blocks as possible */ | |
| 370 | 963 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 448 | 964 try_again |= garbage_collect(); /* cleanup recursive lists/dicts */ |
| 965 #endif | |
| 966 | |
| 7 | 967 releasing = FALSE; |
| 968 if (!try_again) | |
| 969 break; | |
| 970 } | |
| 971 | |
| 972 if (message && p == NULL) | |
| 973 do_outofmem_msg(size); | |
| 974 | |
| 975 theend: | |
| 976 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 977 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size); | |
| 978 #endif | |
| 979 return p; | |
| 980 } | |
| 981 | |
| 982 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 983 /* | |
| 984 * realloc() with memory profiling. | |
| 985 */ | |
| 986 void * | |
| 987 mem_realloc(ptr, size) | |
| 988 void *ptr; | |
| 989 size_t size; | |
| 990 { | |
| 991 void *p; | |
| 992 | |
| 993 mem_pre_free(&ptr); | |
| 994 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size); | |
| 995 | |
| 996 p = realloc(ptr, size); | |
| 997 | |
| 998 mem_post_alloc(&p, size); | |
| 999 | |
| 1000 return p; | |
| 1001 } | |
| 1002 #endif | |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 /* | |
| 1005 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each). | |
| 1006 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read. | |
| 1007 */ | |
| 1008 void | |
| 1009 do_outofmem_msg(size) | |
| 1010 long_u size; | |
| 1011 { | |
| 1012 if (!did_outofmem_msg) | |
| 1013 { | |
| 1014 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 1015 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 3156 | 1016 |
| 1017 /* Must come first to avoid coming back here when printing the error | |
| 1018 * message fails, e.g. when setting v:errmsg. */ | |
| 1019 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE; | |
| 1020 | |
| 7 | 1021 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size); |
| 1022 } | |
| 1023 } | |
| 1024 | |
| 356 | 1025 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 359 | 1026 |
| 1027 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
| 1028 static void free_findfile __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1029 # endif | |
| 1030 | |
| 356 | 1031 /* |
| 1032 * Free everything that we allocated. | |
| 1033 * Can be used to detect memory leaks, e.g., with ccmalloc. | |
| 359 | 1034 * NOTE: This is tricky! Things are freed that functions depend on. Don't be |
| 1035 * surprised if Vim crashes... | |
| 1036 * Some things can't be freed, esp. things local to a library function. | |
| 356 | 1037 */ |
| 1038 void | |
| 1039 free_all_mem() | |
| 1040 { | |
| 1041 buf_T *buf, *nextbuf; | |
| 359 | 1042 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 /* When we cause a crash here it is caught and Vim tries to exit cleanly. | |
| 1045 * Don't try freeing everything again. */ | |
| 1046 if (entered) | |
| 1047 return; | |
| 1048 entered = TRUE; | |
| 356 | 1049 |
| 1446 | 1050 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1410 | 1051 block_autocmds(); /* don't want to trigger autocommands here */ |
| 1446 | 1052 # endif |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
|
2363
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1055 /* Close all tabs and windows. Reset 'equalalways' to avoid redraws. */ |
|
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1056 p_ea = FALSE; |
| 766 | 1057 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 1058 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"tabonly!"); | |
| 1059 if (firstwin != lastwin) | |
| 1060 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"only!"); | |
| 1446 | 1061 # endif |
| 673 | 1062 |
| 741 | 1063 # if defined(FEAT_SPELL) |
| 356 | 1064 /* Free all spell info. */ |
| 1065 spell_free_all(); | |
| 1066 # endif | |
| 1067 | |
| 359 | 1068 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) |
| 356 | 1069 /* Clear user commands (before deleting buffers). */ |
| 1070 ex_comclear(NULL); | |
| 359 | 1071 # endif |
| 356 | 1072 |
| 1073 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 1074 /* Clear menus. */ | |
| 1075 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"aunmenu *"); | |
| 1993 | 1076 # ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG |
| 1077 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"menutranslate clear"); | |
| 1078 # endif | |
| 356 | 1079 # endif |
| 1080 | |
| 359 | 1081 /* Clear mappings, abbreviations, breakpoints. */ |
| 1993 | 1082 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"lmapclear"); |
| 1083 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"xmapclear"); | |
| 356 | 1084 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear"); |
| 1085 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear!"); | |
| 1086 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"abclear"); | |
| 359 | 1087 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 1088 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"breakdel *"); | |
| 1089 # endif | |
| 362 | 1090 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE) |
| 1091 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *"); | |
| 1092 # endif | |
| 1828 | 1093 # if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) |
| 1094 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"set keymap="); | |
| 1095 #endif | |
| 359 | 1096 |
| 1097 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 1098 free_titles(); | |
| 1099 # endif | |
| 1100 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
| 1101 free_findfile(); | |
| 1102 # endif | |
| 356 | 1103 |
| 1104 /* Obviously named calls. */ | |
| 1105 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) | |
| 1106 free_all_autocmds(); | |
| 1107 # endif | |
| 1108 clear_termcodes(); | |
| 359 | 1109 free_all_options(); |
| 1110 free_all_marks(); | |
| 1111 alist_clear(&global_alist); | |
| 1112 free_homedir(); | |
| 3744 | 1113 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) |
| 1114 free_users(); | |
| 1115 # endif | |
| 359 | 1116 free_search_patterns(); |
| 1117 free_old_sub(); | |
| 1118 free_last_insert(); | |
| 1119 free_prev_shellcmd(); | |
| 1120 free_regexp_stuff(); | |
| 1121 free_tag_stuff(); | |
| 1122 free_cd_dir(); | |
| 1828 | 1123 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS |
| 1124 free_signs(); | |
| 1125 # endif | |
| 1446 | 1126 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 359 | 1127 set_expr_line(NULL); |
| 1446 | 1128 # endif |
| 1129 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 673 | 1130 diff_clear(curtab); |
| 1446 | 1131 # endif |
| 626 | 1132 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ |
| 359 | 1133 |
| 1134 /* Free some global vars. */ | |
| 1135 vim_free(username); | |
| 1422 | 1136 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
1137 vim_regfree(clip_exclude_prog); |
| 1422 | 1138 # endif |
| 359 | 1139 vim_free(last_cmdline); |
| 1446 | 1140 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
| 359 | 1141 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); |
| 1446 | 1142 # endif |
| 680 | 1143 set_keep_msg(NULL, 0); |
| 359 | 1144 vim_free(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 356 | 1145 |
| 1146 /* Clear cmdline history. */ | |
| 1147 p_hi = 0; | |
| 1446 | 1148 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
| 356 | 1149 init_history(); |
| 1446 | 1150 # endif |
| 356 | 1151 |
| 359 | 1152 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
| 1446 | 1153 { |
| 1863 | 1154 win_T *win; |
| 1155 tabpage_T *tab; | |
| 1446 | 1156 |
| 1157 qf_free_all(NULL); | |
| 1158 /* Free all location lists */ | |
| 1863 | 1159 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tab, win) |
| 1446 | 1160 qf_free_all(win); |
| 1161 } | |
| 359 | 1162 #endif |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 /* Close all script inputs. */ | |
| 1165 close_all_scripts(); | |
| 1166 | |
| 1167 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 1168 /* Destroy all windows. Must come before freeing buffers. */ | |
| 1169 win_free_all(); | |
| 1170 #endif | |
| 1171 | |
| 1576 | 1172 /* Free all buffers. Reset 'autochdir' to avoid accessing things that |
| 1173 * were freed already. */ | |
| 1174 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR | |
| 1175 p_acd = FALSE; | |
| 1176 #endif | |
| 356 | 1177 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; ) |
| 1178 { | |
| 1179 nextbuf = buf->b_next; | |
| 3365 | 1180 close_buffer(NULL, buf, DOBUF_WIPE, FALSE); |
| 356 | 1181 if (buf_valid(buf)) |
| 1182 buf = nextbuf; /* didn't work, try next one */ | |
| 1183 else | |
| 1184 buf = firstbuf; | |
| 1185 } | |
| 1186 | |
| 359 | 1187 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 1188 free_cmdline_buf(); | |
| 356 | 1189 #endif |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 /* Clear registers. */ | |
| 1192 clear_registers(); | |
| 1193 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 1194 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 1195 | |
| 1071 | 1196 #if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
| 359 | 1197 vim_free(serverDelayedStartName); |
| 1198 #endif | |
| 1199 | |
| 356 | 1200 /* highlight info */ |
| 1201 free_highlight(); | |
| 1202 | |
| 362 | 1203 reset_last_sourcing(); |
| 1204 | |
| 766 | 1205 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 853 | 1206 free_tabpage(first_tabpage); |
| 1207 first_tabpage = NULL; | |
| 766 | 1208 #endif |
| 1209 | |
| 356 | 1210 # ifdef UNIX |
| 1211 /* Machine-specific free. */ | |
| 1212 mch_free_mem(); | |
| 1213 # endif | |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 /* message history */ | |
| 1216 for (;;) | |
| 1217 if (delete_first_msg() == FAIL) | |
| 1218 break; | |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1221 eval_clear(); | |
| 1222 # endif | |
| 1223 | |
| 359 | 1224 free_termoptions(); |
| 1225 | |
| 356 | 1226 /* screenlines (can't display anything now!) */ |
| 1227 free_screenlines(); | |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 #if defined(USE_XSMP) | |
| 1230 xsmp_close(); | |
| 1231 #endif | |
| 359 | 1232 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1233 gui_mch_free_all(); | |
| 1234 #endif | |
| 1235 clear_hl_tables(); | |
| 356 | 1236 |
| 1237 vim_free(IObuff); | |
| 1238 vim_free(NameBuff); | |
| 1239 } | |
| 1240 #endif | |
| 1241 | |
| 7 | 1242 /* |
| 2656 | 1243 * Copy "string" into newly allocated memory. |
| 7 | 1244 */ |
| 1245 char_u * | |
| 1246 vim_strsave(string) | |
| 1247 char_u *string; | |
| 1248 { | |
| 1249 char_u *p; | |
| 1250 unsigned len; | |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1; | |
| 1253 p = alloc(len); | |
| 1254 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1255 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len); | |
| 1256 return p; | |
| 1257 } | |
| 1258 | |
| 2656 | 1259 /* |
| 1260 * Copy up to "len" bytes of "string" into newly allocated memory and | |
| 1261 * terminate with a NUL. | |
| 1262 * The allocated memory always has size "len + 1", also when "string" is | |
| 1263 * shorter. | |
| 1264 */ | |
| 7 | 1265 char_u * |
| 1266 vim_strnsave(string, len) | |
| 1267 char_u *string; | |
| 1268 int len; | |
| 1269 { | |
| 1270 char_u *p; | |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); | |
| 1273 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1274 { | |
| 1275 STRNCPY(p, string, len); | |
| 1276 p[len] = NUL; | |
| 1277 } | |
| 1278 return p; | |
| 1279 } | |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 /* | |
| 1282 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded | |
| 1283 * by a backslash. | |
| 1284 */ | |
| 1285 char_u * | |
| 1286 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars) | |
| 1287 char_u *string; | |
| 1288 char_u *esc_chars; | |
| 1289 { | |
| 16 | 1290 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE); |
| 7 | 1291 } |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 /* | |
| 1294 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape | |
| 1295 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash. | |
| 16 | 1296 * Escape the characters with "cc". |
| 7 | 1297 */ |
| 1298 char_u * | |
| 16 | 1299 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl) |
| 7 | 1300 char_u *string; |
| 1301 char_u *esc_chars; | |
| 16 | 1302 int cc; |
| 7 | 1303 int bsl; |
| 1304 { | |
| 1305 char_u *p; | |
| 1306 char_u *p2; | |
| 1307 char_u *escaped_string; | |
| 1308 unsigned length; | |
| 1309 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1310 int l; | |
| 1311 #endif | |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 /* | |
| 1314 * First count the number of backslashes required. | |
| 1315 * Then allocate the memory and insert them. | |
| 1316 */ | |
| 1317 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */ | |
| 1318 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
| 1319 { | |
| 1320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1321 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 7 | 1322 { |
| 1323 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */ | |
| 1324 p += l - 1; | |
| 1325 continue; | |
| 1326 } | |
| 1327 #endif | |
| 1328 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
| 1329 ++length; /* count a backslash */ | |
| 1330 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */ | |
| 1331 } | |
| 1332 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
| 1333 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
| 1334 { | |
| 1335 p2 = escaped_string; | |
| 1336 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
| 1337 { | |
| 1338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1339 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 7 | 1340 { |
| 1341 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l); | |
| 1342 p2 += l; | |
| 1343 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */ | |
| 1344 continue; | |
| 1345 } | |
| 1346 #endif | |
| 1347 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
| 16 | 1348 *p2++ = cc; |
| 7 | 1349 *p2++ = *p; |
| 1350 } | |
| 1351 *p2 = NUL; | |
| 1352 } | |
| 1353 return escaped_string; | |
| 1354 } | |
| 1355 | |
| 1685 | 1356 /* |
| 1357 * Return TRUE when 'shell' has "csh" in the tail. | |
| 1358 */ | |
| 1359 int | |
| 1360 csh_like_shell() | |
| 1361 { | |
| 1362 return (strstr((char *)gettail(p_sh), "csh") != NULL); | |
| 1363 } | |
| 1712 | 1364 |
| 985 | 1365 /* |
| 1366 * Escape "string" for use as a shell argument with system(). | |
| 1993 | 1367 * This uses single quotes, except when we know we need to use double quotes |
| 985 | 1368 * (MS-DOS and MS-Windows without 'shellslash' set). |
| 1673 | 1369 * Escape a newline, depending on the 'shell' option. |
| 1370 * When "do_special" is TRUE also replace "!", "%", "#" and things starting | |
| 1371 * with "<" like "<cfile>". | |
| 985 | 1372 * Returns the result in allocated memory, NULL if we have run out. |
| 1373 */ | |
| 1374 char_u * | |
| 1661 | 1375 vim_strsave_shellescape(string, do_special) |
| 985 | 1376 char_u *string; |
| 1661 | 1377 int do_special; |
| 985 | 1378 { |
| 1379 unsigned length; | |
| 1380 char_u *p; | |
| 1381 char_u *d; | |
| 1382 char_u *escaped_string; | |
| 1661 | 1383 int l; |
| 1673 | 1384 int csh_like; |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 /* Only csh and similar shells expand '!' within single quotes. For sh and | |
| 1387 * the like we must not put a backslash before it, it will be taken | |
| 1388 * literally. If do_special is set the '!' will be escaped twice. | |
| 1389 * Csh also needs to have "\n" escaped twice when do_special is set. */ | |
| 1685 | 1390 csh_like = csh_like_shell(); |
| 985 | 1391 |
| 1392 /* First count the number of extra bytes required. */ | |
| 1072 | 1393 length = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 3; /* two quotes and a trailing NUL */ |
| 985 | 1394 for (p = string; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
| 1395 { | |
| 1396 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1397 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1398 { | |
| 1399 if (*p == '"') | |
| 1400 ++length; /* " -> "" */ | |
| 1401 } | |
| 1402 else | |
| 1403 # endif | |
| 1404 if (*p == '\'') | |
| 1405 length += 3; /* ' => '\'' */ | |
| 1673 | 1406 if (*p == '\n' || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) |
| 1407 { | |
| 1408 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1409 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
| 1410 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1411 } | |
| 1661 | 1412 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
| 1413 { | |
| 1414 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1415 p += l - 1; | |
| 1416 } | |
| 985 | 1417 } |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 /* Allocate memory for the result and fill it. */ | |
| 1420 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
| 1421 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
| 1422 { | |
| 1423 d = escaped_string; | |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 /* add opening quote */ | |
| 1426 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1427 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1428 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1429 else | |
| 1430 # endif | |
| 1431 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 for (p = string; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 1434 { | |
| 1435 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1436 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1437 { | |
| 1438 if (*p == '"') | |
| 1439 { | |
| 1440 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1441 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1442 ++p; | |
| 1443 continue; | |
| 1444 } | |
| 1445 } | |
| 1446 else | |
| 1447 # endif | |
| 1448 if (*p == '\'') | |
| 1449 { | |
| 1661 | 1450 *d++ = '\''; |
| 1451 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1452 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1453 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 985 | 1454 ++p; |
| 1455 continue; | |
| 1456 } | |
| 1673 | 1457 if (*p == '\n' || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) |
| 1458 { | |
| 1459 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1460 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
| 1461 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1462 *d++ = *p++; | |
| 1463 continue; | |
| 1464 } | |
| 1661 | 1465 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
| 1466 { | |
| 1467 *d++ = '\\'; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1468 while (--l >= 0) /* copy the var */ | |
| 1469 *d++ = *p++; | |
| 2009 | 1470 continue; |
| 1661 | 1471 } |
| 985 | 1472 |
| 1473 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, d); | |
| 1474 } | |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 /* add terminating quote and finish with a NUL */ | |
| 1477 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1478 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1479 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1480 else | |
| 1481 # endif | |
| 1482 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1483 *d = NUL; | |
| 1484 } | |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 return escaped_string; | |
| 1487 } | |
| 1488 | |
| 7 | 1489 /* |
| 1490 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
| 1491 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1492 */ | |
| 1493 char_u * | |
| 1494 vim_strsave_up(string) | |
| 1495 char_u *string; | |
| 1496 { | |
| 1497 char_u *p1; | |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 p1 = vim_strsave(string); | |
| 1500 vim_strup(p1); | |
| 1501 return p1; | |
| 1502 } | |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 /* | |
| 1505 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
| 1506 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1507 */ | |
| 1508 char_u * | |
| 1509 vim_strnsave_up(string, len) | |
| 1510 char_u *string; | |
| 1511 int len; | |
| 1512 { | |
| 1513 char_u *p1; | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len); | |
| 1516 vim_strup(p1); | |
| 1517 return p1; | |
| 1518 } | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 /* | |
| 1521 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1522 */ | |
| 1523 void | |
| 1524 vim_strup(p) | |
| 1525 char_u *p; | |
| 1526 { | |
| 1527 char_u *p2; | |
| 1528 int c; | |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1531 { | |
| 1532 p2 = p; | |
| 1533 while ((c = *p2) != NUL) | |
| 1534 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 1535 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c; | |
| 1536 #else | |
| 1537 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20); | |
| 1538 #endif | |
| 1539 } | |
| 1540 } | |
| 1541 | |
| 741 | 1542 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 323 | 1543 /* |
| 1544 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory. | |
| 1545 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible. | |
| 1546 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 1547 */ | |
| 1548 char_u * | |
| 1549 strup_save(orig) | |
| 1550 char_u *orig; | |
| 1551 { | |
| 1552 char_u *p; | |
| 1553 char_u *res; | |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 res = p = vim_strsave(orig); | |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 if (res != NULL) | |
| 1558 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1559 { | |
| 1560 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1561 int l; | |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 1564 { | |
| 1565 int c, uc; | |
| 3263 | 1566 int newl; |
| 323 | 1567 char_u *s; |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 c = utf_ptr2char(p); | |
| 1570 uc = utf_toupper(c); | |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare, | |
| 1573 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */ | |
| 474 | 1574 l = utf_ptr2len(p); |
| 3263 | 1575 newl = utf_char2len(uc); |
| 1576 if (newl != l) | |
| 323 | 1577 { |
| 3263 | 1578 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + newl - l); |
| 323 | 1579 if (s == NULL) |
| 1580 break; | |
| 1581 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res); | |
| 3263 | 1582 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + newl, p + l); |
| 323 | 1583 p = s + (p - res); |
| 1584 vim_free(res); | |
| 1585 res = s; | |
| 1586 } | |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 utf_char2bytes(uc, p); | |
| 3263 | 1589 p += newl; |
| 323 | 1590 } |
| 474 | 1591 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 323 | 1592 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */ |
| 1593 else | |
| 1594 # endif | |
| 1595 { | |
| 1596 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */ | |
| 1597 p++; | |
| 1598 } | |
| 1599 } | |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 return res; | |
| 1602 } | |
| 1603 #endif | |
| 1604 | |
| 7 | 1605 /* |
| 1606 * copy a space a number of times | |
| 1607 */ | |
| 1608 void | |
| 1609 copy_spaces(ptr, count) | |
| 1610 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1611 size_t count; | |
| 1612 { | |
| 1613 size_t i = count; | |
| 1614 char_u *p = ptr; | |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 while (i--) | |
| 1617 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1618 } | |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1621 /* | |
| 1622 * Copy a character a number of times. | |
| 1993 | 1623 * Does not work for multi-byte characters! |
| 7 | 1624 */ |
| 1625 void | |
| 1626 copy_chars(ptr, count, c) | |
| 1627 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1628 size_t count; | |
| 1629 int c; | |
| 1630 { | |
| 1631 size_t i = count; | |
| 1632 char_u *p = ptr; | |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 while (i--) | |
| 1635 *p++ = c; | |
| 1636 } | |
| 1637 #endif | |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 /* | |
| 1640 * delete spaces at the end of a string | |
| 1641 */ | |
| 1642 void | |
| 1643 del_trailing_spaces(ptr) | |
| 1644 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1645 { | |
| 1646 char_u *q; | |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 1649 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V) | |
| 1650 *q = NUL; | |
| 1651 } | |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 /* | |
| 323 | 1654 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL. |
| 378 | 1655 * "to" must be "len + 1" long! |
| 7 | 1656 */ |
| 1657 void | |
| 1658 vim_strncpy(to, from, len) | |
| 323 | 1659 char_u *to; |
| 1660 char_u *from; | |
| 418 | 1661 size_t len; |
| 7 | 1662 { |
| 323 | 1663 STRNCPY(to, from, len); |
| 1664 to[len] = NUL; | |
| 7 | 1665 } |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 /* | |
| 2768 | 1668 * Like strcat(), but make sure the result fits in "tosize" bytes and is |
| 1669 * always NUL terminated. | |
| 1670 */ | |
| 1671 void | |
| 1672 vim_strcat(to, from, tosize) | |
| 1673 char_u *to; | |
| 1674 char_u *from; | |
| 1675 size_t tosize; | |
| 1676 { | |
| 1677 size_t tolen = STRLEN(to); | |
| 1678 size_t fromlen = STRLEN(from); | |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 if (tolen + fromlen + 1 > tosize) | |
| 1681 { | |
| 1682 mch_memmove(to + tolen, from, tosize - tolen - 1); | |
| 1683 to[tosize - 1] = NUL; | |
| 1684 } | |
| 1685 else | |
| 1686 STRCPY(to + tolen, from); | |
| 1687 } | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 /* | |
| 7 | 1690 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with |
| 1691 * "sep_chars". | |
| 459 | 1692 * The part is copied into "buf[maxlen]". |
| 7 | 1693 * "*option" is advanced to the next part. |
| 1694 * The length is returned. | |
| 1695 */ | |
| 1696 int | |
| 1697 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars) | |
| 1698 char_u **option; | |
| 1699 char_u *buf; | |
| 1700 int maxlen; | |
| 1701 char *sep_chars; | |
| 1702 { | |
| 1703 int len = 0; | |
| 1704 char_u *p = *option; | |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */ | |
| 1707 if (*p == '.') | |
| 1708 buf[len++] = *p++; | |
| 1709 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL) | |
| 1710 { | |
| 1711 /* | |
| 1712 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space. | |
| 1713 */ | |
| 1714 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL) | |
| 1715 ++p; | |
| 1716 if (len < maxlen - 1) | |
| 1717 buf[len++] = *p; | |
| 1718 ++p; | |
| 1719 } | |
| 1720 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */ | |
| 1723 ++p; | |
| 1724 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */ | |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 *option = p; | |
| 1727 return len; | |
| 1728 } | |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 /* | |
| 625 | 1731 * Replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers. |
| 1732 * Also skip free() when exiting for sure, this helps when we caught a deadly | |
| 1733 * signal that was caused by a crash in free(). | |
| 7 | 1734 */ |
| 1735 void | |
| 1736 vim_free(x) | |
| 1737 void *x; | |
| 1738 { | |
| 625 | 1739 if (x != NULL && !really_exiting) |
| 7 | 1740 { |
| 1741 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 1742 mem_pre_free(&x); | |
| 1743 #endif | |
| 1744 free(x); | |
| 1745 } | |
| 1746 } | |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET | |
| 1749 void * | |
| 1750 vim_memset(ptr, c, size) | |
| 1751 void *ptr; | |
| 1752 int c; | |
| 1753 size_t size; | |
| 1754 { | |
| 1755 char *p = ptr; | |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 while (size-- > 0) | |
| 1758 *p++ = c; | |
| 1759 return ptr; | |
| 1760 } | |
| 1761 #endif | |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP | |
| 1764 /* | |
| 1765 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes. | |
| 1766 * Return non-zero otherwise. | |
| 1767 */ | |
| 1768 int | |
| 1769 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len) | |
| 1770 void *b1; | |
| 1771 void *b2; | |
| 1772 size_t len; | |
| 1773 { | |
| 1774 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2; | |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 for ( ; len > 0; --len) | |
| 1777 { | |
| 1778 if (*p1 != *p2) | |
| 1779 return 1; | |
| 1780 ++p1; | |
| 1781 ++p2; | |
| 1782 } | |
| 1783 return 0; | |
| 1784 } | |
| 1785 #endif | |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE | |
| 1788 /* | |
| 1789 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination. | |
| 1790 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV). | |
| 1791 */ | |
| 1792 void | |
| 1793 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len) | |
| 1794 void *src_arg, *dst_arg; | |
| 1795 size_t len; | |
| 1796 { | |
| 1797 /* | |
| 1798 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers. | |
| 1799 */ | |
| 1800 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg; | |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 /* overlap, copy backwards */ | |
| 1803 if (dst > src && dst < src + len) | |
| 1804 { | |
| 1805 src += len; | |
| 1806 dst += len; | |
| 1807 while (len-- > 0) | |
| 1808 *--dst = *--src; | |
| 1809 } | |
| 1810 else /* copy forwards */ | |
| 1811 while (len-- > 0) | |
| 1812 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 1813 } | |
| 1814 #endif | |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1817 /* | |
| 1818 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale. | |
| 1819 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
| 1820 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
| 1821 */ | |
| 1822 int | |
| 1823 vim_stricmp(s1, s2) | |
| 1824 char *s1; | |
| 1825 char *s2; | |
| 1826 { | |
| 1827 int i; | |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 for (;;) | |
| 1830 { | |
| 1831 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
| 1832 if (i != 0) | |
| 1833 return i; /* this character different */ | |
| 1834 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
| 1835 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
| 1836 ++s1; | |
| 1837 ++s2; | |
| 1838 } | |
| 1839 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
| 1840 } | |
| 1841 #endif | |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1844 /* | |
| 1845 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale. | |
| 1846 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
| 1847 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
| 1848 */ | |
| 1849 int | |
| 1850 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len) | |
| 1851 char *s1; | |
| 1852 char *s2; | |
| 1853 size_t len; | |
| 1854 { | |
| 1855 int i; | |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 while (len > 0) | |
| 1858 { | |
| 1859 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
| 1860 if (i != 0) | |
| 1861 return i; /* this character different */ | |
| 1862 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
| 1863 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
| 1864 ++s1; | |
| 1865 ++s2; | |
| 1866 --len; | |
| 1867 } | |
| 1868 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
| 1869 } | |
| 1870 #endif | |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 /* | |
| 1873 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings | |
| 170 | 1874 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a |
| 1875 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
| 7 | 1876 */ |
| 1877 char_u * | |
| 1878 vim_strchr(string, c) | |
| 1879 char_u *string; | |
| 1880 int c; | |
| 1881 { | |
| 1882 char_u *p; | |
| 1883 int b; | |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 p = string; | |
| 1886 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1887 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 1888 { | |
| 1889 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1890 { | |
| 1891 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c) | |
| 1892 return p; | |
| 474 | 1893 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1894 } |
| 1895 return NULL; | |
| 1896 } | |
| 1897 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255) | |
| 1898 { | |
| 1899 int n2 = c & 0xff; | |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff; | |
| 1902 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1903 { | |
| 1904 if (b == c && p[1] == n2) | |
| 1905 return p; | |
| 474 | 1906 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1907 } |
| 1908 return NULL; | |
| 1909 } | |
| 1910 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1911 { | |
| 1912 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1913 { | |
| 1914 if (b == c) | |
| 1915 return p; | |
| 474 | 1916 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1917 } |
| 1918 return NULL; | |
| 1919 } | |
| 1920 #endif | |
| 1921 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1922 { | |
| 1923 if (b == c) | |
| 1924 return p; | |
| 1925 ++p; | |
| 1926 } | |
| 1927 return NULL; | |
| 1928 } | |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 /* | |
| 170 | 1931 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char |
| 1932 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a | |
| 1933 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
| 1934 */ | |
| 1935 char_u * | |
| 1936 vim_strbyte(string, c) | |
| 1937 char_u *string; | |
| 1938 int c; | |
| 1939 { | |
| 1940 char_u *p = string; | |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1943 { | |
| 1944 if (*p == c) | |
| 1945 return p; | |
| 1946 ++p; | |
| 1947 } | |
| 1948 return NULL; | |
| 1949 } | |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 /* | |
| 7 | 1952 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string". |
| 500 | 1953 * Return NULL if not found. |
| 170 | 1954 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"! |
| 7 | 1955 */ |
| 1956 char_u * | |
| 1957 vim_strrchr(string, c) | |
| 1958 char_u *string; | |
| 1959 int c; | |
| 1960 { | |
| 1961 char_u *retval = NULL; | |
| 170 | 1962 char_u *p = string; |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 while (*p) | |
| 7 | 1965 { |
| 170 | 1966 if (*p == c) |
| 1967 retval = p; | |
| 1968 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 7 | 1969 } |
| 1970 return retval; | |
| 1971 } | |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 /* | |
| 1974 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing. | |
| 1975 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used. | |
| 1976 */ | |
| 1977 #ifndef PROTO | |
| 1978 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK | |
| 1979 # ifdef vim_strpbrk | |
| 1980 # undef vim_strpbrk | |
| 1981 # endif | |
| 1982 char_u * | |
| 1983 vim_strpbrk(s, charset) | |
| 1984 char_u *s; | |
| 1985 char_u *charset; | |
| 1986 { | |
| 1987 while (*s) | |
| 1988 { | |
| 1989 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL) | |
| 1990 return s; | |
| 39 | 1991 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 1992 } |
| 1993 return NULL; | |
| 1994 } | |
| 1995 # endif | |
| 1996 #endif | |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 /* | |
| 1999 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace() | |
| 2000 * can't handle characters above 128. | |
| 2001 */ | |
| 2002 int | |
| 2003 vim_isspace(x) | |
| 2004 int x; | |
| 2005 { | |
| 2006 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' '); | |
| 2007 } | |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 /************************************************************************ | |
| 119 | 2010 * Functions for handling growing arrays. |
| 7 | 2011 */ |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 /* | |
| 2014 * Clear an allocated growing array. | |
| 2015 */ | |
| 2016 void | |
| 2017 ga_clear(gap) | |
| 2018 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2019 { | |
| 2020 vim_free(gap->ga_data); | |
| 2021 ga_init(gap); | |
| 2022 } | |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 /* | |
| 2025 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings. | |
| 2026 */ | |
| 2027 void | |
| 2028 ga_clear_strings(gap) | |
| 2029 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2030 { | |
| 2031 int i; | |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) | |
| 2034 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); | |
| 2035 ga_clear(gap); | |
| 2036 } | |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 /* | |
| 2039 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and | |
| 2040 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2(). | |
| 2041 */ | |
| 2042 void | |
| 2043 ga_init(gap) | |
| 2044 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2045 { | |
| 2046 gap->ga_data = NULL; | |
| 41 | 2047 gap->ga_maxlen = 0; |
| 7 | 2048 gap->ga_len = 0; |
| 2049 } | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 void | |
| 2052 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize) | |
| 2053 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2054 int itemsize; | |
| 2055 int growsize; | |
| 2056 { | |
| 2057 ga_init(gap); | |
| 2058 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize; | |
| 2059 gap->ga_growsize = growsize; | |
| 2060 } | |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 /* | |
| 2063 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items. | |
| 2064 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. | |
| 2065 */ | |
| 2066 int | |
| 2067 ga_grow(gap, n) | |
| 2068 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2069 int n; | |
| 2070 { | |
| 3376 | 2071 size_t old_len; |
| 2072 size_t new_len; | |
| 7 | 2073 char_u *pp; |
| 2074 | |
| 41 | 2075 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n) |
| 7 | 2076 { |
| 2077 if (n < gap->ga_growsize) | |
| 2078 n = gap->ga_growsize; | |
| 3376 | 2079 new_len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n); |
| 2080 pp = (gap->ga_data == NULL) | |
| 3386 | 2081 ? alloc((unsigned)new_len) : vim_realloc(gap->ga_data, new_len); |
| 7 | 2082 if (pp == NULL) |
| 2083 return FAIL; | |
| 3376 | 2084 old_len = gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_maxlen; |
| 2085 vim_memset(pp + old_len, 0, new_len - old_len); | |
| 41 | 2086 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n; |
| 7 | 2087 gap->ga_data = pp; |
| 2088 } | |
| 2089 return OK; | |
| 2090 } | |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 /* | |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2093 * For a growing array that contains a list of strings: concatenate all the |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2094 * strings with a separating comma. |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2095 * Returns NULL when out of memory. |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2096 */ |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2097 char_u * |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2098 ga_concat_strings(gap) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2099 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2100 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2101 int i; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2102 int len = 0; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2103 char_u *s; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2104 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2105 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2106 len += (int)STRLEN(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]) + 1; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2107 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2108 s = alloc(len + 1); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2109 if (s != NULL) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2110 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2111 *s = NUL; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2112 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2113 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2114 if (*s != NUL) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2115 STRCAT(s, ","); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2116 STRCAT(s, ((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2117 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2118 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2119 return s; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2120 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2121 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2122 /* |
| 7 | 2123 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters. |
| 2124 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end! | |
| 2125 */ | |
| 2126 void | |
| 2127 ga_concat(gap, s) | |
| 2128 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2129 char_u *s; | |
| 2130 { | |
| 2131 int len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK) | |
| 2134 { | |
| 2135 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len); | |
| 2136 gap->ga_len += len; | |
| 2137 } | |
| 2138 } | |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 /* | |
| 2141 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes. | |
| 2142 */ | |
| 2143 void | |
| 2144 ga_append(gap, c) | |
| 2145 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2146 int c; | |
| 2147 { | |
| 2148 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK) | |
| 2149 { | |
| 2150 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c; | |
| 2151 ++gap->ga_len; | |
| 2152 } | |
| 2153 } | |
| 2154 | |
| 2935 | 2155 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(USE_SYSTEM)) || defined(WIN3264) |
| 2156 /* | |
| 2157 * Append the text in "gap" below the cursor line and clear "gap". | |
| 2158 */ | |
| 2159 void | |
| 2160 append_ga_line(gap) | |
| 2161 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2162 { | |
| 2163 /* Remove trailing CR. */ | |
| 2164 if (gap->ga_len > 0 | |
| 2165 && !curbuf->b_p_bin | |
| 2166 && ((char_u *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len - 1] == CAR) | |
| 2167 --gap->ga_len; | |
| 2168 ga_append(gap, NUL); | |
| 2169 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum++, gap->ga_data, 0, FALSE); | |
| 2170 gap->ga_len = 0; | |
| 2171 } | |
| 2172 #endif | |
| 2173 | |
| 7 | 2174 /************************************************************************ |
| 2175 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with | |
| 2176 * special key codes. | |
| 2177 */ | |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 /* | |
| 2180 * Some useful tables. | |
| 2181 */ | |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 static struct modmasktable | |
| 2184 { | |
| 2185 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */ | |
| 2186 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */ | |
| 2187 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */ | |
| 2188 } mod_mask_table[] = | |
| 2189 { | |
| 2190 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'}, | |
| 179 | 2191 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'}, |
| 7 | 2192 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'}, |
| 2193 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'}, | |
| 2194 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'}, | |
| 2195 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'}, | |
| 2196 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'}, | |
| 2197 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 2198 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'}, | |
| 2199 #endif | |
| 2200 /* 'A' must be the last one */ | |
| 2201 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'}, | |
| 2202 {0, 0, NUL} | |
| 2203 }; | |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 /* | |
| 2206 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent. | |
| 1209 | 2207 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled separately! |
| 7 | 2208 */ |
| 2209 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5 | |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] = | |
| 2212 { | |
| 2213 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */ | |
| 2214 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */ | |
| 2215 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */ | |
| 2216 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */ | |
| 2217 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */ | |
| 2218 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */ | |
| 2219 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */ | |
| 2220 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */ | |
| 2221 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */ | |
| 2222 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */ | |
| 2223 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */ | |
| 2224 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */ | |
| 2225 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */ | |
| 2226 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
| 2227 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
| 2228 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */ | |
| 2229 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
| 2230 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
| 2231 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */ | |
| 2232 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */ | |
| 2233 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */ | |
| 2234 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */ | |
| 2235 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */ | |
| 2236 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */ | |
| 2237 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */ | |
| 2238 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */ | |
| 2239 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
| 2240 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
| 2241 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */ | |
| 2242 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */ | |
| 2243 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */ | |
| 2244 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */ | |
| 2245 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */ | |
| 2246 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */ | |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 /* vt100 F1 */ | |
| 2249 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1, | |
| 2250 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2, | |
| 2251 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3, | |
| 2252 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4, | |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */ | |
| 2255 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2', | |
| 2256 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3', | |
| 2257 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4', | |
| 2258 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5', | |
| 2259 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6', | |
| 2260 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7', | |
| 2261 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8', | |
| 2262 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9', | |
| 2263 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */ | |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1', | |
| 2266 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2', | |
| 2267 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3', | |
| 2268 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4', | |
| 2269 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5', | |
| 2270 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6', | |
| 2271 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7', | |
| 2272 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8', | |
| 2273 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9', | |
| 2274 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A', | |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B', | |
| 2277 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C', | |
| 2278 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D', | |
| 2279 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E', | |
| 2280 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F', | |
| 2281 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G', | |
| 2282 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H', | |
| 2283 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I', | |
| 2284 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J', | |
| 2285 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K', | |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L', | |
| 2288 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M', | |
| 2289 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N', | |
| 2290 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O', | |
| 2291 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P', | |
| 2292 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q', | |
| 2293 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R', | |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 /* TAB pseudo code*/ | |
| 2296 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB, | |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 NUL | |
| 2299 }; | |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 static struct key_name_entry | |
| 2302 { | |
| 2303 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */ | |
| 2304 char_u *name; /* Name of key */ | |
| 2305 } key_names_table[] = | |
| 2306 { | |
| 2307 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"}, | |
| 2308 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
| 2309 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
| 2310 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"}, | |
| 2311 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2312 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2313 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2314 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"}, | |
| 2315 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2316 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2317 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"}, | |
| 2318 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2319 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"}, | |
| 2320 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"}, | |
| 2321 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"}, | |
| 2322 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"}, | |
| 2323 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"}, | |
| 2324 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"}, | |
| 2325 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2326 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"}, | |
| 2327 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"}, | |
| 2328 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"}, | |
| 2329 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"}, | |
| 2330 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"}, | |
| 180 | 2331 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"}, |
| 2332 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"}, | |
| 2333 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"}, | |
| 2334 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"}, | |
| 7 | 2335 |
| 2336 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"}, | |
| 2337 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"}, | |
| 2338 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"}, | |
| 2339 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"}, | |
| 2340 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"}, | |
| 2341 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"}, | |
| 2342 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"}, | |
| 2343 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"}, | |
| 2344 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"}, | |
| 2345 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"}, | |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"}, | |
| 2348 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"}, | |
| 2349 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"}, | |
| 2350 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"}, | |
| 2351 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"}, | |
| 2352 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"}, | |
| 2353 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"}, | |
| 2354 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"}, | |
| 2355 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"}, | |
| 2356 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"}, | |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"}, | |
| 2359 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"}, | |
| 2360 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"}, | |
| 2361 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"}, | |
| 2362 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"}, | |
| 2363 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"}, | |
| 2364 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"}, | |
| 2365 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"}, | |
| 2366 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"}, | |
| 2367 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"}, | |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"}, | |
| 2370 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"}, | |
| 2371 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"}, | |
| 2372 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"}, | |
| 2373 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"}, | |
| 2374 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"}, | |
| 2375 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"}, | |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"}, | |
| 2378 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"}, | |
| 2379 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"}, | |
| 2380 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"}, | |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"}, | |
| 2383 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"}, | |
| 2384 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"}, | |
| 2385 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2386 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"}, | |
| 2387 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"}, | |
| 2388 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"}, | |
| 2389 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"}, | |
| 230 | 2390 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"}, |
| 7 | 2391 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"}, |
| 2392 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"}, | |
| 2393 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"}, | |
| 230 | 2394 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"}, |
| 7 | 2395 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"}, |
| 2396 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"}, | |
| 2397 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"}, | |
| 2398 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"}, | |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"}, | |
| 2401 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"}, | |
| 2402 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"}, | |
| 2403 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"}, | |
| 2404 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"}, | |
| 2405 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"}, | |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"}, | |
| 2408 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"}, | |
| 2409 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"}, | |
| 2410 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"}, | |
| 2411 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"}, | |
| 2412 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"}, | |
| 2413 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"}, | |
| 2414 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"}, | |
| 2415 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"}, | |
| 2416 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"}, | |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"}, | |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"}, | |
| 3273 | 2421 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_NET |
| 7 | 2422 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2423 #endif |
| 2424 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_DEC | |
| 7 | 2425 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2426 #endif |
| 2427 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_JSB | |
| 7 | 2428 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2429 #endif |
| 2430 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_PTERM | |
| 7 | 2431 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2432 #endif |
| 2433 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_URXVT | |
| 2434 {K_URXVT_MOUSE, (char_u *)"UrxvtMouse"}, | |
| 2435 #endif | |
| 3746 | 2436 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_SGR |
| 2437 {K_SGR_MOUSE, (char_u *)"SgrMouse"}, | |
| 2438 #endif | |
| 7 | 2439 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"}, |
| 2440 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"}, | |
| 2441 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"}, | |
| 2442 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"}, | |
| 2443 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"}, | |
| 2444 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"}, | |
| 2445 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"}, | |
| 2446 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"}, | |
| 2447 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"}, | |
| 2448 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"}, | |
| 2449 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"}, | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2450 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelUp"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2451 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelDown"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2452 {K_MOUSELEFT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelRight"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2453 {K_MOUSERIGHT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelLeft"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2454 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"}, /* OBSOLETE: Use */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2455 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"}, /* ScrollWheelXXX instead */ |
| 7 | 2456 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"}, |
| 2457 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"}, | |
| 2458 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"}, | |
| 2459 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"}, | |
| 2460 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"}, | |
| 2461 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"}, | |
| 2462 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"}, | |
| 2463 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"}, | |
| 2464 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 2465 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"}, | |
| 2466 #endif | |
| 2467 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"}, | |
| 2468 {0, NULL} | |
| 2469 }; | |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry)) | |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 2474 static struct mousetable | |
| 2475 { | |
| 2476 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */ | |
| 2477 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */ | |
| 2478 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */ | |
| 2479 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */ | |
| 2480 } mouse_table[] = | |
| 2481 { | |
| 2482 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2483 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2484 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2485 #endif | |
| 2486 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2487 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2488 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2489 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2490 #endif | |
| 2491 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2492 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2493 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2494 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2495 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2496 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2497 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2498 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2499 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2500 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2501 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2502 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2503 /* DRAG without CLICK */ | |
| 2504 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2505 /* RELEASE without CLICK */ | |
| 2506 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2507 {0, 0, 0, 0}, | |
| 2508 }; | |
| 2509 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 /* | |
| 2512 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given | |
| 2513 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc). | |
| 2514 */ | |
| 2515 int | |
| 2516 name_to_mod_mask(c) | |
| 2517 int c; | |
| 2518 { | |
| 2519 int i; | |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c); | |
| 2522 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++) | |
| 2523 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name) | |
| 2524 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag; | |
| 2525 return 0; | |
| 2526 } | |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 /* | |
| 2529 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the | |
| 2530 * modifiers specified. | |
| 2531 */ | |
| 2532 int | |
| 2533 simplify_key(key, modifiers) | |
| 2534 int key; | |
| 2535 int *modifiers; | |
| 2536 { | |
| 2537 int i; | |
| 2538 int key0; | |
| 2539 int key1; | |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 2542 { | |
| 2543 /* TAB is a special case */ | |
| 2544 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 2545 { | |
| 2546 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2547 return K_S_TAB; | |
| 2548 } | |
| 2549 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
| 2550 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
| 2551 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
| 2552 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3] | |
| 2553 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4] | |
| 2554 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i])) | |
| 2555 { | |
| 2556 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
| 2557 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1], | |
| 2558 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]); | |
| 2559 } | |
| 2560 } | |
| 2561 return key; | |
| 2562 } | |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 /* | |
| 180 | 2565 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc. |
| 2566 */ | |
| 2567 int | |
| 2568 handle_x_keys(key) | |
| 2569 int key; | |
| 2570 { | |
| 2571 switch (key) | |
| 2572 { | |
| 2573 case K_XUP: return K_UP; | |
| 2574 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN; | |
| 2575 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT; | |
| 2576 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT; | |
| 2577 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME; | |
| 230 | 2578 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME; |
| 180 | 2579 case K_XEND: return K_END; |
| 230 | 2580 case K_ZEND: return K_END; |
| 180 | 2581 case K_XF1: return K_F1; |
| 2582 case K_XF2: return K_F2; | |
| 2583 case K_XF3: return K_F3; | |
| 2584 case K_XF4: return K_F4; | |
| 2585 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1; | |
| 2586 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2; | |
| 2587 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3; | |
| 2588 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4; | |
| 2589 } | |
| 2590 return key; | |
| 2591 } | |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 /* | |
| 7 | 2594 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given |
| 2595 * modifiers are down. | |
| 2596 */ | |
| 2597 char_u * | |
| 2598 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers) | |
| 2599 int c; | |
| 2600 int modifiers; | |
| 2601 { | |
| 2602 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1]; | |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 int i, idx; | |
| 2605 int table_idx; | |
| 2606 char_u *s; | |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 string[0] = '<'; | |
| 2609 idx = 1; | |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */ | |
| 2612 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY) | |
| 2613 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 /* | |
| 2616 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier. | |
| 2617 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers. | |
| 2618 */ | |
| 2619 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
| 2620 { | |
| 2621 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
| 2622 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1] | |
| 2623 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2]) | |
| 2624 { | |
| 2625 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
| 2626 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3], | |
| 2627 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]); | |
| 2628 break; | |
| 2629 } | |
| 2630 } | |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 /* try to find the key in the special key table */ | |
| 2633 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 /* | |
| 2636 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to | |
| 2637 * extract modifiers. | |
| 2638 */ | |
| 2639 if (c > 0 | |
| 2640 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2641 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1 | |
| 2642 #endif | |
| 2643 ) | |
| 2644 { | |
| 2645 if (table_idx < 0 | |
| 2646 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ') | |
| 2647 && (c & 0x80)) | |
| 2648 { | |
| 2649 c &= 0x7f; | |
| 2650 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 2651 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */ | |
| 2652 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
| 2653 } | |
| 2654 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ') | |
| 2655 { | |
| 2656 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 2657 c = CtrlChar(c); | |
| 2658 #else | |
| 2659 c += '@'; | |
| 2660 #endif | |
| 2661 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2662 } | |
| 2663 } | |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 /* translate the modifier into a string */ | |
| 2666 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++) | |
| 2667 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask) | |
| 2668 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag) | |
| 2669 { | |
| 2670 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name; | |
| 2671 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-'; | |
| 2672 } | |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */ | |
| 2675 { | |
| 2676 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
| 2677 { | |
| 2678 string[idx++] = 't'; | |
| 2679 string[idx++] = '_'; | |
| 2680 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c); | |
| 2681 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
| 2682 } | |
| 2683 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */ | |
| 2684 else | |
| 2685 { | |
| 2686 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2687 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 2688 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx); | |
| 2689 else | |
| 2690 #endif | |
| 2691 if (vim_isprintc(c)) | |
| 2692 string[idx++] = c; | |
| 2693 else | |
| 2694 { | |
| 2695 s = transchar(c); | |
| 2696 while (*s) | |
| 2697 string[idx++] = *s++; | |
| 2698 } | |
| 2699 } | |
| 2700 } | |
| 2701 else /* use name of special key */ | |
| 2702 { | |
| 2703 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name); | |
| 2704 idx = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 2705 } | |
| 2706 string[idx++] = '>'; | |
| 2707 string[idx] = NUL; | |
| 2708 return string; | |
| 2709 } | |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 /* | |
| 2712 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[]. | |
| 2713 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match. | |
| 2714 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
| 2715 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)! | |
| 2716 */ | |
| 2717 int | |
| 2718 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode) | |
| 2719 char_u **srcp; | |
| 2720 char_u *dst; | |
| 2721 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ | |
| 2722 { | |
| 2723 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 2724 int key; | |
| 2725 int dlen = 0; | |
| 2726 | |
| 1775 | 2727 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode, FALSE); |
| 7 | 2728 if (key == 0) |
| 2729 return 0; | |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */ | |
| 2732 if (modifiers != 0) | |
| 2733 { | |
| 2734 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 2735 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2736 dst[dlen++] = modifiers; | |
| 2737 } | |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 if (IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
| 2740 { | |
| 2741 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 2742 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
| 2743 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
| 2744 } | |
| 2745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2746 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode) | |
| 2747 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen); | |
| 2748 #endif | |
| 2749 else if (keycode) | |
| 2750 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst); | |
| 2751 else | |
| 2752 dst[dlen++] = key; | |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 return dlen; | |
| 2755 } | |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 /* | |
| 2758 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers. | |
| 2759 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
| 2760 * returns 0 if there is no match. | |
| 2761 */ | |
| 2762 int | |
| 1775 | 2763 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode, keep_x_key) |
| 7 | 2764 char_u **srcp; |
| 2765 int *modp; | |
| 1775 | 2766 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ |
| 2767 int keep_x_key; /* don't translate xHome to Home key */ | |
| 7 | 2768 { |
| 2769 char_u *last_dash; | |
| 2770 char_u *end_of_name; | |
| 2771 char_u *src; | |
| 2772 char_u *bp; | |
| 2773 int modifiers; | |
| 2774 int bit; | |
| 2775 int key; | |
| 835 | 2776 unsigned long n; |
| 3024 | 2777 int l; |
| 7 | 2778 |
| 2779 src = *srcp; | |
| 2780 if (src[0] != '<') | |
| 2781 return 0; | |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 /* Find end of modifier list */ | |
| 2784 last_dash = src; | |
| 2785 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++) | |
| 2786 { | |
| 2787 if (*bp == '-') | |
| 2788 { | |
| 2789 last_dash = bp; | |
| 3024 | 2790 if (bp[1] != NUL) |
| 2791 { | |
| 2792 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2793 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2794 l = mb_ptr2len(bp + 1); | |
| 2795 else | |
| 2796 #endif | |
| 2797 l = 1; | |
| 2798 if (bp[l + 1] == '>') | |
| 2799 bp += l; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */ | |
| 2800 } | |
| 7 | 2801 } |
| 2802 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3]) | |
| 2803 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */ | |
| 3026 | 2804 else if (STRNICMP(bp, "char-", 5) == 0) |
| 2805 { | |
| 2806 vim_str2nr(bp + 5, NULL, &l, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2807 bp += l + 5; | |
| 2808 break; | |
| 2809 } | |
| 7 | 2810 } |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */ | |
| 2813 { | |
| 2814 end_of_name = bp + 1; | |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 /* Which modifiers are given? */ | |
| 2817 modifiers = 0x0; | |
| 2818 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++) | |
| 2819 { | |
| 2820 if (*bp != '-') | |
| 2821 { | |
| 2822 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp); | |
| 2823 if (bit == 0x0) | |
| 2824 break; /* Illegal modifier name */ | |
| 2825 modifiers |= bit; | |
| 2826 } | |
| 2827 } | |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 /* | |
| 2830 * Legal modifier name. | |
| 2831 */ | |
| 2832 if (bp >= last_dash) | |
| 2833 { | |
| 3024 | 2834 if (STRNICMP(last_dash + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 |
| 2835 && VIM_ISDIGIT(last_dash[6])) | |
| 2836 { | |
| 2837 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */ | |
| 2838 vim_str2nr(last_dash + 6, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, &n); | |
| 3026 | 2839 key = (int)n; |
| 3024 | 2840 } |
| 7 | 2841 else |
| 180 | 2842 { |
| 3026 | 2843 /* |
| 2844 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name. | |
| 2845 */ | |
| 2846 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2847 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2848 l = mb_ptr2len(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2849 else | |
| 2850 #endif | |
| 2851 l = 1; | |
| 2852 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[l + 1] == '>') | |
| 2853 key = PTR2CHAR(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2854 else | |
| 2855 { | |
| 2856 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2857 if (!keep_x_key) | |
| 2858 key = handle_x_keys(key); | |
| 2859 } | |
| 180 | 2860 } |
| 7 | 2861 |
| 2862 /* | |
| 2863 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid | |
| 2864 * special key name. | |
| 2865 */ | |
| 2866 if (key != NUL) | |
| 2867 { | |
| 2868 /* | |
| 2869 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that | |
| 2870 * includes the modifier. | |
| 2871 */ | |
| 2872 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers); | |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 if (!keycode) | |
| 2875 { | |
| 2876 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */ | |
| 2877 if (key == K_BS) | |
| 2878 key = BS; | |
| 2879 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL) | |
| 2880 key = DEL; | |
| 2881 } | |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 /* | |
| 2884 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code. | |
| 2885 */ | |
| 2886 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
| 2887 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers); | |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 *modp = modifiers; | |
| 2890 *srcp = end_of_name; | |
| 2891 return key; | |
| 2892 } | |
| 2893 } | |
| 2894 } | |
| 2895 return 0; | |
| 2896 } | |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 /* | |
| 2899 * Try to include modifiers in the key. | |
| 2900 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc. | |
| 2901 */ | |
| 2902 int | |
| 2903 extract_modifiers(key, modp) | |
| 2904 int key; | |
| 2905 int *modp; | |
| 2906 { | |
| 2907 int modifiers = *modp; | |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 4352 | 2910 /* Command-key really special, no fancynest */ |
| 7 | 2911 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) |
| 2912 #endif | |
| 2913 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
| 2914 { | |
| 2915 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key); | |
| 2916 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2917 } | |
| 2918 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2919 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 2920 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use: | |
| 2921 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?') | |
| 2922 * ??? */ | |
| 2923 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key) | |
| 2924 != NULL | |
| 2925 #else | |
| 2926 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
| 2927 #endif | |
| 2928 ) | |
| 2929 { | |
| 2930 key = Ctrl_chr(key); | |
| 2931 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2932 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */ | |
| 2933 if (key == 0) | |
| 2934 key = K_ZERO; | |
| 2935 } | |
| 2936 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 4352 | 2937 /* Command-key really special, no fancynest */ |
| 7 | 2938 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) |
| 2939 #endif | |
| 2940 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80 | |
| 2941 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2942 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */ | |
| 2943 #endif | |
| 2944 ) | |
| 2945 { | |
| 2946 key |= 0x80; | |
| 2947 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */ | |
| 2948 } | |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 *modp = modifiers; | |
| 2951 return key; | |
| 2952 } | |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 /* | |
| 2955 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table. | |
| 2956 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found. | |
| 2957 */ | |
| 2958 int | |
| 2959 find_special_key_in_table(c) | |
| 2960 int c; | |
| 2961 { | |
| 2962 int i; | |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
| 2965 if (c == key_names_table[i].key) | |
| 2966 break; | |
| 2967 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL) | |
| 2968 i = -1; | |
| 2969 return i; | |
| 2970 } | |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 /* | |
| 2973 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to | |
| 2974 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar). | |
| 2975 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a | |
| 2976 * termcap name. | |
| 2977 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found. | |
| 2978 */ | |
| 2979 int | |
| 2980 get_special_key_code(name) | |
| 2981 char_u *name; | |
| 2982 { | |
| 2983 char_u *table_name; | |
| 2984 char_u string[3]; | |
| 2985 int i, j; | |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 /* | |
| 2988 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap | |
| 2989 */ | |
| 2990 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL) | |
| 2991 { | |
| 2992 string[0] = name[2]; | |
| 2993 string[1] = name[3]; | |
| 2994 string[2] = NUL; | |
| 2995 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK) | |
| 2996 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]); | |
| 2997 } | |
| 2998 else | |
| 2999 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
| 3000 { | |
| 3001 table_name = key_names_table[i].name; | |
| 3002 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++) | |
| 3003 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j])) | |
| 3004 break; | |
| 3005 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL) | |
| 3006 return key_names_table[i].key; | |
| 3007 } | |
| 3008 return 0; | |
| 3009 } | |
| 3010 | |
| 1661 | 3011 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3012 char_u * |
| 3013 get_key_name(i) | |
| 3014 int i; | |
| 3015 { | |
| 1881 | 3016 if (i >= (int)KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN) |
| 7 | 3017 return NULL; |
| 3018 return key_names_table[i].name; | |
| 3019 } | |
| 3020 #endif | |
| 3021 | |
| 1661 | 3022 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3023 /* |
| 3024 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other | |
| 3025 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released. | |
| 3026 */ | |
| 3027 int | |
| 3028 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag) | |
| 3029 int code; | |
| 3030 int *is_click; | |
| 3031 int *is_drag; | |
| 3032 { | |
| 3033 int i; | |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
| 3036 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code) | |
| 3037 { | |
| 3038 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click; | |
| 3039 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag; | |
| 3040 return mouse_table[i].button; | |
| 3041 } | |
| 3042 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */ | |
| 3043 } | |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 /* | |
| 3046 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on | |
| 3047 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the | |
| 3048 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released. | |
| 3049 */ | |
| 3050 int | |
| 3051 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag) | |
| 3052 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */ | |
| 3053 int is_click; | |
| 3054 int is_drag; | |
| 3055 { | |
| 3056 int i; | |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
| 3059 if (button == mouse_table[i].button | |
| 3060 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click | |
| 3061 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag) | |
| 3062 { | |
| 3063 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 263 | 3064 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1 |
| 3065 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in | |
| 3066 * gui_mouse_moved() */ | |
| 3067 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF) | |
| 7 | 3068 { |
| 263 | 3069 if (mouse_col < 0) |
| 3070 mouse_col = 0; | |
| 3071 else | |
| 3072 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF; | |
| 7 | 3073 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE) |
| 3074 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM; | |
| 3075 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE) | |
| 3076 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM; | |
| 3077 } | |
| 3078 #endif | |
| 3079 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; | |
| 3080 } | |
| 1209 | 3081 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recognized, ignore it */ |
| 7 | 3082 } |
| 3083 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 /* | |
| 3086 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
| 3087 */ | |
| 3088 int | |
| 3089 get_fileformat(buf) | |
| 3090 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3091 { | |
| 3092 int c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u') | |
| 3095 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3096 if (c == 'm') | |
| 3097 return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3098 return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3099 } | |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 /* | |
| 3102 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val" | |
| 3103 * argument. | |
| 3104 */ | |
| 3105 int | |
| 3106 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap) | |
| 3107 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3108 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */ | |
| 3109 { | |
| 3110 int c; | |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0) | |
| 3113 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff]; | |
| 3114 else | |
| 3115 { | |
| 3116 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0) | |
| 3117 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin) | |
| 3118 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3119 c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
| 3120 } | |
| 3121 if (c == 'u') | |
| 3122 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3123 if (c == 'm') | |
| 3124 return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3125 return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3126 } | |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 /* | |
| 3129 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
| 3130 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'. | |
| 3131 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'! | |
| 3132 */ | |
| 3133 void | |
| 3134 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags) | |
| 3135 int t; | |
| 3136 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */ | |
| 3137 { | |
| 3138 char *p = NULL; | |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 switch (t) | |
| 3141 { | |
| 3142 case EOL_DOS: | |
| 3143 p = FF_DOS; | |
| 3144 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE; | |
| 3145 break; | |
| 3146 case EOL_UNIX: | |
| 3147 p = FF_UNIX; | |
| 3148 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
| 3149 break; | |
| 3150 case EOL_MAC: | |
| 3151 p = FF_MAC; | |
| 3152 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
| 3153 break; | |
| 3154 } | |
| 3155 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3156 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p, | |
| 694 | 3157 OPT_FREE | opt_flags, 0); |
| 3158 | |
| 7 | 3159 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 671 | 3160 /* This may cause the buffer to become (un)modified. */ |
| 7 | 3161 check_status(curbuf); |
| 673 | 3162 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3163 #endif |
| 3164 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3165 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3166 #endif | |
| 3167 } | |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 /* | |
| 3170 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'. | |
| 3171 */ | |
| 3172 int | |
| 3173 default_fileformat() | |
| 3174 { | |
| 3175 switch (*p_ffs) | |
| 3176 { | |
| 3177 case 'm': return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3178 case 'd': return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3179 } | |
| 3180 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3181 } | |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 /* | |
| 3184 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added. | |
| 3185 */ | |
| 3186 int | |
| 3187 call_shell(cmd, opt) | |
| 3188 char_u *cmd; | |
| 3189 int opt; | |
| 3190 { | |
| 3191 char_u *ncmd; | |
| 3192 int retval; | |
| 170 | 3193 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 3194 proftime_T wait_time; | |
| 3195 #endif | |
| 7 | 3196 |
| 3197 if (p_verbose > 3) | |
| 3198 { | |
| 293 | 3199 verbose_enter(); |
| 273 | 3200 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""), |
| 7 | 3201 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd); |
| 3202 out_char('\n'); | |
| 3203 cursor_on(); | |
| 293 | 3204 verbose_leave(); |
| 7 | 3205 } |
| 3206 | |
| 170 | 3207 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 789 | 3208 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
| 170 | 3209 prof_child_enter(&wait_time); |
| 3210 #endif | |
| 3211 | |
| 7 | 3212 if (*p_sh == NUL) |
| 3213 { | |
| 3214 EMSG(_(e_shellempty)); | |
| 3215 retval = -1; | |
| 3216 } | |
| 3217 else | |
| 3218 { | |
| 3219 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
| 3220 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */ | |
| 3221 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE); | |
| 3222 #endif | |
| 3223 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3224 ++hold_gui_events; | |
| 3225 #endif | |
| 3226 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */ | |
| 3227 tag_freematch(); | |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL) | |
| 3230 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt); | |
| 3231 else | |
| 3232 { | |
| 3359 | 3233 char_u *ecmd = cmd; |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 if (*p_sxe != NUL && STRCMP(p_sxq, "(") == 0) | |
| 3236 { | |
| 3237 ecmd = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(cmd, p_sxe, '^', FALSE); | |
| 3238 if (ecmd == NULL) | |
| 3239 ecmd = cmd; | |
| 3240 } | |
| 3241 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(ecmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1)); | |
| 7 | 3242 if (ncmd != NULL) |
| 3243 { | |
| 3244 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq); | |
| 3359 | 3245 STRCAT(ncmd, ecmd); |
| 3357 | 3246 /* When 'shellxquote' is ( append ). |
| 3247 * When 'shellxquote' is "( append )". */ | |
| 3248 STRCAT(ncmd, STRCMP(p_sxq, "(") == 0 ? (char_u *)")" | |
| 3249 : STRCMP(p_sxq, "\"(") == 0 ? (char_u *)")\"" | |
| 3250 : p_sxq); | |
| 7 | 3251 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt); |
| 3252 vim_free(ncmd); | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 else | |
| 3255 retval = -1; | |
| 3359 | 3256 if (ecmd != cmd) |
| 3257 vim_free(ecmd); | |
| 7 | 3258 } |
| 3259 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3260 --hold_gui_events; | |
| 3261 #endif | |
| 3262 /* | |
| 3263 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the | |
| 3264 * external command. | |
| 3265 */ | |
| 3266 shell_resized_check(); | |
| 3267 } | |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3270 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval); | |
| 170 | 3271 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 789 | 3272 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
| 170 | 3273 prof_child_exit(&wait_time); |
| 3274 # endif | |
| 7 | 3275 #endif |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 return retval; | |
| 3278 } | |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 /* | |
| 789 | 3281 * VISUAL, SELECTMODE and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to |
| 3282 * NORMAL State with a condition. This function returns the real State. | |
| 7 | 3283 */ |
| 3284 int | |
| 3285 get_real_state() | |
| 3286 { | |
| 3287 if (State & NORMAL) | |
| 3288 { | |
| 3289 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3290 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 789 | 3291 { |
| 3292 if (VIsual_select) | |
| 3293 return SELECTMODE; | |
| 7 | 3294 return VISUAL; |
| 789 | 3295 } |
| 7 | 3296 else |
| 3297 #endif | |
| 3298 if (finish_op) | |
| 789 | 3299 return OP_PENDING; |
| 7 | 3300 } |
| 3301 return State; | |
| 3302 } | |
| 3303 | |
| 39 | 3304 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3305 /* | |
| 3306 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator. | |
| 2939 | 3307 * Takes care of multi-byte characters. |
| 39 | 3308 * "b" must point to the start of the file name |
| 3309 */ | |
| 3310 int | |
| 3311 after_pathsep(b, p) | |
| 3312 char_u *b; | |
| 3313 char_u *p; | |
| 3314 { | |
| 2939 | 3315 return p > b && vim_ispathsep(p[-1]) |
| 39 | 3316 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0); |
| 3317 } | |
| 3318 #endif | |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 /* | |
| 3321 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory. | |
| 3322 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path. | |
| 3323 */ | |
| 3324 int | |
| 3325 same_directory(f1, f2) | |
| 3326 char_u *f1; | |
| 3327 char_u *f2; | |
| 3328 { | |
| 3329 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 3330 char_u *t1; | |
| 3331 char_u *t2; | |
| 3332 | |
| 3333 /* safety check */ | |
| 3334 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL) | |
| 3335 return FALSE; | |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 3338 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname); | |
| 3339 t2 = gettail_sep(f2); | |
| 3340 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2 | |
| 3341 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0); | |
| 3342 } | |
| 3343 | |
| 7 | 3344 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \ |
| 574 | 3345 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)) \ |
| 11 | 3346 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \ |
| 7 | 3347 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \ |
| 3348 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3349 /* | |
| 3350 * Change to a file's directory. | |
| 3351 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()! | |
| 3352 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 3353 */ | |
| 3354 int | |
| 3355 vim_chdirfile(fname) | |
| 3356 char_u *fname; | |
| 3357 { | |
| 39 | 3358 char_u dir[MAXPATHL]; |
| 3359 | |
| 418 | 3360 vim_strncpy(dir, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 39 | 3361 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL; |
| 3362 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 7 | 3363 } |
| 3364 #endif | |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3367 /* | |
| 3368 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory. | |
| 3369 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name. | |
| 3370 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory. | |
| 3371 */ | |
| 3372 int | |
| 3373 illegal_slash(name) | |
| 3374 char *name; | |
| 3375 { | |
| 3376 if (name[0] == NUL) | |
| 3377 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */ | |
| 3378 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/') | |
| 3379 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */ | |
| 3380 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name)) | |
| 3381 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */ | |
| 3382 return TRUE; | |
| 3383 } | |
| 3384 #endif | |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3387 | |
| 3388 /* | |
| 3389 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes. | |
| 3390 */ | |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] = | |
| 3393 { | |
| 3394 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape' | |
| 3395 * defaults when Vim starts. | |
| 3396 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */ | |
| 3397 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3398 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3399 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3400 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3401 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3402 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3403 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3404 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3405 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3406 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3407 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3408 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3409 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3410 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3411 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3412 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3413 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR}, | |
| 3414 }; | |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3417 /* | |
| 3418 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for | |
| 3419 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!. | |
| 3420 */ | |
| 3421 static char * mshape_names[] = | |
| 3422 { | |
| 3423 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */ | |
| 3424 "blank", /* hidden */ | |
| 3425 "beam", | |
| 3426 "updown", | |
| 3427 "udsizing", | |
| 3428 "leftright", | |
| 3429 "lrsizing", | |
| 3430 "busy", | |
| 3431 "no", | |
| 3432 "crosshair", | |
| 3433 "hand1", | |
| 3434 "hand2", | |
| 3435 "pencil", | |
| 3436 "question", | |
| 3437 "rightup-arrow", | |
| 3438 "up-arrow", | |
| 3439 NULL | |
| 3440 }; | |
| 3441 #endif | |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 /* | |
| 3444 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape' | |
| 3445 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE). | |
| 3446 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise. | |
| 3447 */ | |
| 3448 char_u * | |
| 3449 parse_shape_opt(what) | |
| 3450 int what; | |
| 3451 { | |
| 3452 char_u *modep; | |
| 3453 char_u *colonp; | |
| 3454 char_u *commap; | |
| 3455 char_u *slashp; | |
| 3456 char_u *p, *endp; | |
| 3457 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 3458 int all_idx; | |
| 3459 int len; | |
| 3460 int i; | |
| 3461 long n; | |
| 3462 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */ | |
| 3463 int round; | |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 /* | |
| 3466 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real. | |
| 3467 */ | |
| 3468 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 3469 { | |
| 3470 /* | |
| 3471 * Repeat for all comma separated parts. | |
| 3472 */ | |
| 3473 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3474 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3475 modep = p_mouseshape; | |
| 3476 else | |
| 3477 #endif | |
| 3478 modep = p_guicursor; | |
| 3479 while (*modep != NUL) | |
| 3480 { | |
| 3481 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':'); | |
| 3482 if (colonp == NULL) | |
| 3483 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon"); | |
| 3484 if (colonp == modep) | |
| 3485 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
| 3486 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ','); | |
| 3487 | |
| 3488 /* | |
| 3489 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon. | |
| 3490 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes. | |
| 3491 */ | |
| 3492 all_idx = -1; | |
| 3493 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0) | |
| 3494 { | |
| 3495 if (all_idx < 0) | |
| 3496 { | |
| 3497 /* Find the mode. */ | |
| 3498 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':') | |
| 3499 len = 1; | |
| 3500 else | |
| 3501 len = 2; | |
| 3502 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a') | |
| 3503 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1; | |
| 3504 else | |
| 3505 { | |
| 3506 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx) | |
| 3507 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len) | |
| 3508 == 0) | |
| 3509 break; | |
| 3510 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT | |
| 3511 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0) | |
| 3512 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
| 3513 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e') | |
| 3514 found_ve = TRUE; | |
| 3515 } | |
| 3516 modep += len + 1; | |
| 3517 } | |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 if (all_idx >= 0) | |
| 3520 idx = all_idx--; | |
| 3521 else if (round == 2) | |
| 3522 { | |
| 3523 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3524 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3525 { | |
| 3526 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */ | |
| 3527 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0; | |
| 3528 } | |
| 3529 else | |
| 3530 #endif | |
| 3531 { | |
| 3532 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */ | |
| 3533 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
| 3534 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L; | |
| 3535 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L; | |
| 3536 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L; | |
| 3537 } | |
| 3538 } | |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 /* Parse the part after the colon */ | |
| 3541 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; ) | |
| 3542 { | |
| 3543 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3544 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3545 { | |
| 3546 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
| 3547 { | |
| 3548 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL) | |
| 3549 { | |
| 3550 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 3551 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape"); | |
| 3552 if (round == 2) | |
| 3553 shape_table[idx].mshape = | |
| 3554 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED; | |
| 3555 else | |
| 3556 (void)getdigits(&p); | |
| 3557 break; | |
| 3558 } | |
| 3559 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]); | |
| 3560 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0) | |
| 3561 { | |
| 3562 if (round == 2) | |
| 3563 shape_table[idx].mshape = i; | |
| 3564 p += len; | |
| 3565 break; | |
| 3566 } | |
| 3567 } | |
| 3568 } | |
| 3569 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
| 3570 #endif | |
| 3571 { | |
| 3572 /* | |
| 3573 * First handle the ones with a number argument. | |
| 3574 */ | |
| 3575 i = *p; | |
| 3576 len = 0; | |
| 3577 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0) | |
| 3578 len = 3; | |
| 3579 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0) | |
| 3580 len = 3; | |
| 3581 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0) | |
| 3582 len = 9; | |
| 3583 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0) | |
| 3584 len = 7; | |
| 3585 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0) | |
| 3586 len = 8; | |
| 3587 if (len != 0) | |
| 3588 { | |
| 3589 p += len; | |
| 3590 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 3591 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected"); | |
| 3592 n = getdigits(&p); | |
| 3593 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */ | |
| 3594 { | |
| 3595 if (n == 0) | |
| 3596 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage"); | |
| 3597 if (round == 2) | |
| 3598 { | |
| 3599 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v') | |
| 3600 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER; | |
| 3601 else | |
| 3602 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR; | |
| 3603 shape_table[idx].percentage = n; | |
| 3604 } | |
| 3605 } | |
| 3606 else if (round == 2) | |
| 3607 { | |
| 3608 if (len == 9) | |
| 3609 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n; | |
| 3610 else if (len == 7) | |
| 3611 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n; | |
| 3612 else | |
| 3613 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n; | |
| 3614 } | |
| 3615 } | |
| 3616 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0) | |
| 3617 { | |
| 3618 if (round == 2) | |
| 3619 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
| 3620 p += 5; | |
| 3621 } | |
| 3622 else /* must be a highlight group name then */ | |
| 3623 { | |
| 3624 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-'); | |
| 3625 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */ | |
| 3626 { | |
| 3627 if (endp == NULL) | |
| 3628 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */ | |
| 3629 } | |
| 3630 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL) | |
| 3631 endp = commap; | |
| 3632 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/'); | |
| 3633 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
| 3634 { | |
| 3635 /* "group/langmap_group" */ | |
| 3636 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p)); | |
| 3637 p = slashp + 1; | |
| 3638 } | |
| 3639 if (round == 2) | |
| 3640 { | |
| 3641 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p, | |
| 3642 (int)(endp - p)); | |
| 3643 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id; | |
| 3644 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
| 3645 shape_table[idx].id = i; | |
| 3646 } | |
| 3647 p = endp; | |
| 3648 } | |
| 3649 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 if (*p == '-') | |
| 3652 ++p; | |
| 3653 } | |
| 3654 } | |
| 3655 modep = p; | |
| 3656 if (*modep == ',') | |
| 3657 ++modep; | |
| 3658 } | |
| 3659 } | |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */ | |
| 3662 if (!found_ve) | |
| 3663 { | |
| 3664 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3665 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3666 { | |
| 3667 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape; | |
| 3668 } | |
| 3669 else | |
| 3670 #endif | |
| 3671 { | |
| 3672 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape; | |
| 3673 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage = | |
| 3674 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage; | |
| 3675 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait = | |
| 3676 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait; | |
| 3677 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon = | |
| 3678 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon; | |
| 3679 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff = | |
| 3680 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff; | |
| 3681 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id; | |
| 3682 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm; | |
| 3683 } | |
| 3684 } | |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 return NULL; | |
| 3687 } | |
| 3688 | |
| 500 | 3689 # if defined(MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \ |
| 3690 || defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 3691 /* |
| 3692 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode. | |
| 3693 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer. | |
| 3694 */ | |
| 3695 int | |
| 3696 get_shape_idx(mouse) | |
| 3697 int mouse; | |
| 3698 { | |
| 3699 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3700 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE)) | |
| 3701 { | |
| 3702 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 87 | 3703 int x, y; |
| 3704 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y); | |
| 3705 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1) | |
| 7 | 3706 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL; |
| 3707 # endif | |
| 3708 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE; | |
| 3709 } | |
| 3710 if (mouse && drag_status_line) | |
| 3711 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG; | |
| 3712 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 3713 if (mouse && drag_sep_line) | |
| 3714 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG; | |
| 3715 # endif | |
| 3716 #endif | |
| 3717 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH) | |
| 3718 return SHAPE_IDX_SM; | |
| 3719 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 3720 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 3721 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
| 3722 #endif | |
| 3723 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 3724 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
| 3725 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 3726 return SHAPE_IDX_I; | |
| 3727 if (State & CMDLINE) | |
| 3728 { | |
| 3729 if (cmdline_at_end()) | |
| 3730 return SHAPE_IDX_C; | |
| 3731 if (cmdline_overstrike()) | |
| 3732 return SHAPE_IDX_CR; | |
| 3733 return SHAPE_IDX_CI; | |
| 3734 } | |
| 3735 if (finish_op) | |
| 3736 return SHAPE_IDX_O; | |
| 3737 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3738 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 3739 { | |
| 3740 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 3741 return SHAPE_IDX_VE; | |
| 3742 else | |
| 3743 return SHAPE_IDX_V; | |
| 3744 } | |
| 3745 #endif | |
| 3746 return SHAPE_IDX_N; | |
| 3747 } | |
| 500 | 3748 #endif |
| 7 | 3749 |
| 3750 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3751 static int old_mouse_shape = 0; | |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 /* | |
| 3754 * Set the mouse shape: | |
| 3755 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode, | |
| 3756 * depending on the current state. | |
| 3757 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used | |
| 3758 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line). | |
| 3759 */ | |
| 3760 void | |
| 3761 update_mouseshape(shape_idx) | |
| 3762 int shape_idx; | |
| 3763 { | |
| 3764 int new_mouse_shape; | |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 /* Only works in GUI mode. */ | |
| 227 | 3767 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting) |
| 7 | 3768 return; |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of | |
| 3771 * mappings. */ | |
| 3772 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail()) | |
| 3773 { | |
| 3774 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE; | |
| 3775 return; | |
| 3776 } | |
| 3777 | |
| 864 | 3778 /* When ignoring the mouse don't change shape on the statusline. */ |
| 3779 if (*p_mouse == NUL | |
| 3780 && (shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_CLINE | |
| 3781 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_STATUS | |
| 3782 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_VSEP)) | |
| 3783 shape_idx = -2; | |
| 3784 | |
| 7 | 3785 if (shape_idx == -2 |
| 3786 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape | |
| 3787 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape | |
| 3788 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape) | |
| 3789 return; | |
| 3790 if (shape_idx < 0) | |
| 3791 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape; | |
| 3792 else | |
| 3793 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape; | |
| 3794 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape) | |
| 3795 { | |
| 3796 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape); | |
| 3797 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape; | |
| 3798 } | |
| 3799 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE; | |
| 3800 } | |
| 3801 # endif | |
| 3802 | |
| 3803 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */ | |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT | |
| 3807 /* | |
| 1209 | 3808 * Optional encryption support. |
| 7 | 3809 * Mohsin Ahmed, mosh@sasi.com, 98-09-24 |
| 3810 * Based on zip/crypt sources. | |
| 3811 * | |
| 3812 * NOTE FOR USA: Since 2000 exporting this code from the USA is allowed to | |
| 3813 * most countries. There are a few exceptions, but that still should not be a | |
| 3814 * problem since this code was originally created in Europe and India. | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3815 * |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3816 * Blowfish addition originally made by Mohsin Ahmed, |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3817 * http://www.cs.albany.edu/~mosh 2010-03-14 |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3818 * Based on blowfish by Bruce Schneier (http://www.schneier.com/blowfish.html) |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3819 * and sha256 by Christophe Devine. |
| 7 | 3820 */ |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 /* from zip.h */ | |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 typedef unsigned short ush; /* unsigned 16-bit value */ | |
| 3825 typedef unsigned long ulg; /* unsigned 32-bit value */ | |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 static void make_crc_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3828 | |
| 297 | 3829 static ulg crc_32_tab[256]; |
| 7 | 3830 |
| 3831 /* | |
| 3832 * Fill the CRC table. | |
| 3833 */ | |
| 3834 static void | |
| 3835 make_crc_tab() | |
| 3836 { | |
| 3837 ulg s,t,v; | |
| 3838 static int done = FALSE; | |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 if (done) | |
| 3841 return; | |
| 3842 for (t = 0; t < 256; t++) | |
| 3843 { | |
| 3844 v = t; | |
| 3845 for (s = 0; s < 8; s++) | |
| 3846 v = (v >> 1) ^ ((v & 1) * (ulg)0xedb88320L); | |
| 3847 crc_32_tab[t] = v; | |
| 3848 } | |
| 3849 done = TRUE; | |
| 3850 } | |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 #define CRC32(c, b) (crc_32_tab[((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff] ^ ((c) >> 8)) | |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 static ulg keys[3]; /* keys defining the pseudo-random sequence */ | |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 /* | |
| 2244 | 3857 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence. |
| 7 | 3858 */ |
| 2244 | 3859 #define DECRYPT_BYTE_ZIP(t) { \ |
| 3860 ush temp; \ | |
| 3861 \ | |
| 3862 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2; \ | |
| 3970 | 3863 t = (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1U)) >> 8) & 0xff); \ |
| 2244 | 3864 } |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 /* | |
| 3867 * Update the encryption keys with the next byte of plain text. | |
| 3868 */ | |
| 3869 #define UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(c) { \ | |
| 3870 keys[0] = CRC32(keys[0], (c)); \ | |
| 3871 keys[1] += keys[0] & 0xff; \ | |
| 3872 keys[1] = keys[1] * 134775813L + 1; \ | |
| 3873 keys[2] = CRC32(keys[2], (int)(keys[1] >> 24)); \ | |
| 7 | 3874 } |
| 3875 | |
| 2267 | 3876 static int crypt_busy = 0; |
| 3877 static ulg saved_keys[3]; | |
| 3878 static int saved_crypt_method; | |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 /* | |
|
2360
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3881 * Return int value for crypt method string: |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3882 * 0 for "zip", the old method. Also for any non-valid value. |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3883 * 1 for "blowfish". |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3884 */ |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3885 int |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3886 crypt_method_from_string(s) |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3887 char_u *s; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3888 { |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3889 return *s == 'b' ? 1 : 0; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3890 } |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3891 |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3892 /* |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3893 * Get the crypt method for buffer "buf" as a number. |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3894 */ |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3895 int |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3896 get_crypt_method(buf) |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3897 buf_T *buf; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3898 { |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3899 return crypt_method_from_string(*buf->b_p_cm == NUL ? p_cm : buf->b_p_cm); |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3900 } |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3901 |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3902 /* |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3903 * Set the crypt method for buffer "buf" to "method" using the int value as |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3904 * returned by crypt_method_from_string(). |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3905 */ |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3906 void |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3907 set_crypt_method(buf, method) |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3908 buf_T *buf; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3909 int method; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3910 { |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3911 free_string_option(buf->b_p_cm); |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3912 buf->b_p_cm = vim_strsave((char_u *)(method == 0 ? "zip" : "blowfish")); |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3913 } |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3914 |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3915 /* |
| 2267 | 3916 * Prepare for initializing encryption. If already doing encryption then save |
| 3917 * the state. | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
3918 * Must always be called symmetrically with crypt_pop_state(). |
| 2267 | 3919 */ |
| 3920 void | |
| 3921 crypt_push_state() | |
| 3922 { | |
| 3923 if (crypt_busy == 1) | |
| 3924 { | |
| 3925 /* save the state */ | |
| 3926 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 3927 { | |
| 3928 saved_keys[0] = keys[0]; | |
| 3929 saved_keys[1] = keys[1]; | |
| 3930 saved_keys[2] = keys[2]; | |
| 3931 } | |
| 3932 else | |
| 3933 bf_crypt_save(); | |
| 3934 saved_crypt_method = use_crypt_method; | |
| 3935 } | |
| 3936 else if (crypt_busy > 1) | |
| 3937 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "crypt_push_state()"); | |
| 3938 ++crypt_busy; | |
| 3939 } | |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 /* | |
| 3942 * End encryption. If doing encryption before crypt_push_state() then restore | |
| 3943 * the saved state. | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
3944 * Must always be called symmetrically with crypt_push_state(). |
| 2267 | 3945 */ |
| 3946 void | |
| 3947 crypt_pop_state() | |
| 3948 { | |
| 3949 --crypt_busy; | |
| 3950 if (crypt_busy == 1) | |
| 3951 { | |
| 3952 use_crypt_method = saved_crypt_method; | |
| 3953 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 3954 { | |
| 3955 keys[0] = saved_keys[0]; | |
| 3956 keys[1] = saved_keys[1]; | |
| 3957 keys[2] = saved_keys[2]; | |
| 3958 } | |
| 3959 else | |
| 3960 bf_crypt_restore(); | |
| 3961 } | |
| 3962 } | |
| 3963 | |
| 7 | 3964 /* |
| 2244 | 3965 * Encrypt "from[len]" into "to[len]". |
| 3966 * "from" and "to" can be equal to encrypt in place. | |
| 7 | 3967 */ |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3968 void |
| 2244 | 3969 crypt_encode(from, len, to) |
| 3970 char_u *from; | |
| 3971 size_t len; | |
| 3972 char_u *to; | |
| 7 | 3973 { |
| 2244 | 3974 size_t i; |
| 3975 int ztemp, t; | |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 3978 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 3979 { | |
| 3980 ztemp = from[i]; | |
| 3981 DECRYPT_BYTE_ZIP(t); | |
| 3982 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(ztemp); | |
| 3983 to[i] = t ^ ztemp; | |
| 3984 } | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3985 else |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3986 bf_crypt_encode(from, len, to); |
| 2244 | 3987 } |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 /* | |
| 3990 * Decrypt "ptr[len]" in place. | |
| 3991 */ | |
| 3992 void | |
| 3993 crypt_decode(ptr, len) | |
| 3994 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3995 long len; | |
| 3996 { | |
| 3997 char_u *p; | |
| 3998 | |
| 3999 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 4000 for (p = ptr; p < ptr + len; ++p) | |
| 4001 { | |
| 4002 ush temp; | |
| 4003 | |
| 4004 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2; | |
| 3970 | 4005 temp = (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1U)) >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 2244 | 4006 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(*p ^= temp); |
| 4007 } | |
| 4008 else | |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4009 bf_crypt_decode(ptr, len); |
| 7 | 4010 } |
| 4011 | |
| 4012 /* | |
| 4013 * Initialize the encryption keys and the random header according to | |
| 4014 * the given password. | |
| 4015 * If "passwd" is NULL or empty, don't do anything. | |
| 4016 */ | |
| 4017 void | |
| 4018 crypt_init_keys(passwd) | |
| 4019 char_u *passwd; /* password string with which to modify keys */ | |
| 4020 { | |
| 4021 if (passwd != NULL && *passwd != NUL) | |
| 4022 { | |
| 2244 | 4023 if (use_crypt_method == 0) |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4024 { |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4025 char_u *p; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4026 |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4027 make_crc_tab(); |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4028 keys[0] = 305419896L; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4029 keys[1] = 591751049L; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4030 keys[2] = 878082192L; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4031 for (p = passwd; *p!= NUL; ++p) |
| 2244 | 4032 { |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4033 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP((int)*p); |
| 2244 | 4034 } |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4035 } |
| 2244 | 4036 else |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4037 bf_crypt_init_keys(passwd); |
| 7 | 4038 } |
| 4039 } | |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 /* | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4042 * Free an allocated crypt key. Clear the text to make sure it doesn't stay |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4043 * in memory anywhere. |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4044 */ |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4045 void |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4046 free_crypt_key(key) |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4047 char_u *key; |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4048 { |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4049 char_u *p; |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4050 |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4051 if (key != NULL) |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4052 { |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4053 for (p = key; *p != NUL; ++p) |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4054 *p = 0; |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4055 vim_free(key); |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4056 } |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4057 } |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4058 |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4059 /* |
| 7 | 4060 * Ask the user for a crypt key. |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4061 * When "store" is TRUE, the new key is stored in the 'key' option, and the |
| 7 | 4062 * 'key' option value is returned: Don't free it. |
| 4063 * When "store" is FALSE, the typed key is returned in allocated memory. | |
| 4064 * Returns NULL on failure. | |
| 4065 */ | |
| 4066 char_u * | |
| 4067 get_crypt_key(store, twice) | |
| 4068 int store; | |
| 4069 int twice; /* Ask for the key twice. */ | |
| 4070 { | |
| 4071 char_u *p1, *p2 = NULL; | |
| 4072 int round; | |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 for (round = 0; ; ++round) | |
| 4075 { | |
| 4076 cmdline_star = TRUE; | |
| 4077 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 4078 p1 = getcmdline_prompt(NUL, round == 0 | |
| 4079 ? (char_u *)_("Enter encryption key: ") | |
| 531 | 4080 : (char_u *)_("Enter same key again: "), 0, EXPAND_NOTHING, |
| 4081 NULL); | |
| 7 | 4082 cmdline_star = FALSE; |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 if (p1 == NULL) | |
| 4085 break; | |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 if (round == twice) | |
| 4088 { | |
| 4089 if (p2 != NULL && STRCMP(p1, p2) != 0) | |
| 4090 { | |
| 4091 MSG(_("Keys don't match!")); | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4092 free_crypt_key(p1); |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4093 free_crypt_key(p2); |
| 7 | 4094 p2 = NULL; |
| 4095 round = -1; /* do it again */ | |
| 4096 continue; | |
| 4097 } | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4098 |
| 7 | 4099 if (store) |
| 4100 { | |
| 4101 set_option_value((char_u *)"key", 0L, p1, OPT_LOCAL); | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4102 free_crypt_key(p1); |
| 7 | 4103 p1 = curbuf->b_p_key; |
| 4104 } | |
| 4105 break; | |
| 4106 } | |
| 4107 p2 = p1; | |
| 4108 } | |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ | |
| 2267 | 4111 if (msg_didout) |
| 4112 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
|
2491
904cd1c26a1e
After entering a crypt key would need to hit return to continue.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
4113 need_wait_return = FALSE; |
| 7 | 4114 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 4115 | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4116 free_crypt_key(p2); |
| 7 | 4117 return p1; |
| 4118 } | |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 #endif /* FEAT_CRYPT */ | |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */ | |
| 4123 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/ | |
| 4124 /* | |
| 4125 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options. | |
| 4126 * External visible functions: | |
| 4127 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context | |
| 4128 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search | |
| 4129 * context | |
| 4130 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context | |
| 4131 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by | |
| 4132 * vim_findfile_init() | |
| 4133 * | |
| 4134 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_' | |
| 4135 * | |
| 4136 * In general it works like this: | |
| 4137 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init(). | |
| 4138 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to | |
| 4139 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile() | |
| 4140 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it | |
| 4141 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to | |
| 4142 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL. | |
| 4143 * | |
| 4144 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search | |
| 4145 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to | |
| 4146 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited | |
| 4147 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories | |
| 4148 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
| 4149 * | |
| 4150 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context. | |
| 4151 * | |
| 4152 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the | |
| 4153 * needed parameters. | |
| 4154 * | |
| 4155 * | |
| 4156 * | |
| 4157 * ATTENTION: | |
| 4158 * ========== | |
| 1072 | 4159 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions are NOT |
| 7 | 4160 * thread-safe!!!!! |
| 4161 * | |
| 4162 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the | |
| 4163 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is | |
| 4164 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local | |
| 4165 * functions. | |
| 4166 */ | |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 /* | |
| 4169 * type for the directory search stack | |
| 4170 */ | |
| 4171 typedef struct ff_stack | |
| 4172 { | |
| 4173 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev; | |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards | |
| 4176 * of the search path | |
| 4177 */ | |
| 4178 char_u *ffs_fix_path; | |
| 4179 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4180 char_u *ffs_wc_path; | |
| 4181 #endif | |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard | |
| 4184 * of wc_part | |
| 4185 */ | |
| 4186 char_u **ffs_filearray; | |
| 4187 int ffs_filearray_size; | |
| 4188 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */ | |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 /* to store status of partly handled directories | |
| 1541 | 4191 * 0: we work on this directory for the first time |
| 7 | 4192 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step |
| 1541 | 4193 */ |
| 7 | 4194 int ffs_stage; |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 /* How deep are we in the directory tree? | |
| 4197 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init | |
| 4198 */ | |
| 4199 int ffs_level; | |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */ | |
| 4202 int ffs_star_star_empty; | |
| 4203 } ff_stack_T; | |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 /* | |
| 4206 * type for already visited directories or files. | |
| 4207 */ | |
| 4208 typedef struct ff_visited | |
| 4209 { | |
| 4210 struct ff_visited *ffv_next; | |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4213 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are | |
| 4214 * different. So we have to save it. | |
| 4215 */ | |
| 4216 char_u *ffv_wc_path; | |
| 4217 #endif | |
| 4218 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else | |
| 4219 * use filename. | |
| 4220 */ | |
| 4221 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1881 | 4222 int ffv_dev_valid; /* ffv_dev and ffv_ino were set */ |
| 4223 dev_t ffv_dev; /* device number */ | |
| 7 | 4224 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */ |
| 4225 #endif | |
| 4226 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of | |
| 4227 * ffv_fname. | |
| 4228 */ | |
| 4229 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */ | |
| 4230 } ff_visited_T; | |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 /* | |
| 4233 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search. | |
| 1209 | 4234 * This is especially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to: |
| 7 | 4235 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *) |
| 4236 * So we have to do 3 searches: | |
| 4237 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags" | |
| 4238 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS" | |
| 4239 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags" | |
| 4240 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for | |
| 4241 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the | |
| 4242 * second search we must start from a empty visited list. | |
| 4243 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already | |
| 4244 * visited lists. | |
| 4245 */ | |
| 4246 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr | |
| 4247 { | |
| 4248 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next; | |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */ | |
| 4251 char_u *ffvl_filename; | |
| 4252 | |
| 4253 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list; | |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T; | |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 /* | |
| 4259 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels. | |
| 1209 | 4260 * Set the default maximum depth. |
| 7 | 4261 */ |
| 4262 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30) | |
| 1541 | 4263 |
| 7 | 4264 /* |
| 4265 * The search context: | |
| 4266 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search | |
| 4267 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list | |
| 4268 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs | |
| 4269 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists | |
| 4270 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs | |
| 4271 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for | |
| 4272 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative | |
| 4273 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards) | |
| 4274 * Needed for upward search. | |
| 4275 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards | |
| 4276 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards | |
| 4277 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search | |
| 1541 | 4278 * ffsc_find_what: FINDFILE_BOTH, FINDFILE_DIR or FINDFILE_FILE |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4279 * ffsc_tagfile: searching for tags file, don't use 'suffixesadd' |
| 7 | 4280 */ |
| 4281 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T | |
| 4282 { | |
| 4283 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr; | |
| 4284 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list; | |
| 4285 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list; | |
| 4286 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list; | |
| 4287 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list; | |
| 4288 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search; | |
| 4289 char_u *ffsc_start_dir; | |
| 4290 char_u *ffsc_fix_path; | |
| 4291 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4292 char_u *ffsc_wc_path; | |
| 4293 int ffsc_level; | |
| 4294 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v; | |
| 4295 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4296 int ffsc_find_what; |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4297 int ffsc_tagfile; |
| 359 | 4298 } ff_search_ctx_T; |
| 4299 | |
| 7 | 4300 /* locally needed functions */ |
| 4301 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4302 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *)); | |
| 4303 #else | |
| 4304 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *)); | |
| 4305 #endif | |
| 4306 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
| 4307 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl)); | |
| 4308 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
| 4309 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4310 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2)); | |
| 4311 #endif | |
| 4312 | |
| 1541 | 4313 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx, ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); |
| 4314 static ff_stack_T *ff_pop __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
| 4315 static void ff_clear __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
| 4316 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); | |
| 7 | 4317 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 4318 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4319 #else | |
| 4320 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4321 #endif | |
| 4322 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4323 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **)); | |
| 4324 #endif | |
| 4325 | |
| 3202 | 4326 static char_u e_pathtoolong[] = N_("E854: path too long for completion"); |
| 4327 | |
| 7 | 4328 #if 0 |
| 4329 /* | |
| 4330 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions | |
| 4331 * NOT TESTED!! | |
| 4332 */ | |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
| 4335 | |
| 4336 char_u * | |
| 4337 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level) | |
| 4338 char_u *path; | |
| 4339 char_u *filename; | |
| 4340 int level; | |
| 4341 { | |
| 4342 ff_fn_search_context = | |
| 4343 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE, | |
| 4344 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname); | |
| 4345 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context) | |
| 4346 return NULL; | |
| 4347 else | |
| 4348 return vim_findnext() | |
| 4349 } | |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 char_u * | |
| 4352 vim_findnext() | |
| 4353 { | |
| 4354 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context); | |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 if (NULL == ret) | |
| 4357 { | |
| 4358 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context); | |
| 4359 ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
| 4360 } | |
| 4361 return ret; | |
| 4362 } | |
| 4363 #endif | |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 /* | |
|
2522
d7ecfc8b784c
Update help about wildcards in 'tags' option.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2521
diff
changeset
|
4366 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile(). |
| 7 | 4367 * |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4368 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occurred. |
| 7 | 4369 * |
| 4370 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done | |
| 4371 * with the search context. | |
| 4372 * | |
| 4373 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'. | |
| 4374 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level' | |
| 4375 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is | |
| 4376 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100 | |
| 4377 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels. | |
| 4378 * | |
| 1541 | 4379 * 'filename' cannot contain wildcards! It is used as-is, no backslashes to |
| 4380 * escape special characters. | |
| 4381 * | |
| 7 | 4382 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is |
| 4383 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the | |
| 4384 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the | |
| 4385 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$". | |
| 4386 * | |
| 4387 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's | |
| 4388 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir. | |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4389 * If the 'path' is absolute, the starting dir is that part of the path before |
| 7 | 4390 * the first wildcard. |
| 4391 * | |
| 4392 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir. | |
| 4393 * | |
| 4394 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is | |
| 4395 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another | |
| 4396 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is | |
| 4397 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places. | |
| 4398 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function | |
| 4399 * vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
| 4400 * | |
| 1541 | 4401 * Set the parameter 'find_what' to FINDFILE_DIR if you want to search for |
| 4402 * directories only, FINDFILE_FILE for files only, FINDFILE_BOTH for both. | |
| 7 | 4403 * |
| 4404 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be | |
| 1541 | 4405 * passed in the parameter "search_ctx_arg". This context is reused and |
| 4406 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already visited | |
| 7 | 4407 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter |
| 1541 | 4408 * "free_visited" is true. Be aware that the passed "search_ctx_arg" is freed |
| 4409 * if the reinitialization fails. | |
| 7 | 4410 * |
| 1541 | 4411 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call "search_ctx_arg" |
| 4412 * must be NULL. | |
| 7 | 4413 * |
| 4414 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have | |
| 4415 * limited functionality then. | |
| 4416 */ | |
| 4417 void * | |
| 1541 | 4418 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, find_what, |
| 4419 search_ctx_arg, tagfile, rel_fname) | |
| 7 | 4420 char_u *path; |
| 4421 char_u *filename; | |
| 1881 | 4422 char_u *stopdirs UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4423 int level; |
| 4424 int free_visited; | |
| 1541 | 4425 int find_what; |
| 4426 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4427 int tagfile; /* expanding names of tags files */ |
| 7 | 4428 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */ |
| 4429 { | |
| 4430 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4431 char_u *wc_part; |
| 4432 #endif | |
| 4433 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 4434 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 4435 |
| 4436 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a | |
| 4437 * new one. | |
| 4438 */ | |
| 1541 | 4439 if (search_ctx_arg != NULL) |
| 4440 search_ctx = search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4441 else |
| 4442 { | |
| 1541 | 4443 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
| 4444 if (search_ctx == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4445 goto error_return; |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2211
diff
changeset
|
4446 vim_memset(search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
| 7 | 4447 } |
| 1541 | 4448 search_ctx->ffsc_find_what = find_what; |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4449 search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile = tagfile; |
| 7 | 4450 |
| 4451 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */ | |
| 1541 | 4452 ff_clear(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4453 |
| 4454 /* clear visited list if wanted */ | |
| 4455 if (free_visited == TRUE) | |
| 1541 | 4456 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4457 else |
| 4458 { | |
| 4459 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given | |
| 4460 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new | |
| 1541 | 4461 * one. */ |
| 4462 search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, | |
| 4463 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4464 if (search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4465 goto error_return; |
| 1541 | 4466 search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, |
| 4467 &search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4468 if (search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4469 goto error_return; |
| 4470 } | |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
| 4473 { | |
| 4474 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 4475 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
| 4476 goto error_return; | |
| 4477 } | |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative. | |
| 20 | 4480 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */ |
| 7 | 4481 if (path[0] == '.' |
| 4482 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL) | |
| 4483 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL) | |
| 4484 && rel_fname != NULL) | |
| 4485 { | |
| 4486 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname); | |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL) | |
| 4489 { | |
| 4490 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */ | |
| 418 | 4491 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len); |
| 1541 | 4492 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4493 } |
| 4494 else | |
| 1541 | 4495 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len); |
| 4496 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4497 goto error_return; |
| 4498 if (*++path != NUL) | |
| 4499 ++path; | |
| 4500 } | |
| 4501 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path)) | |
| 4502 { | |
| 4503 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4504 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */ | |
| 4505 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4506 { | |
| 4507 char_u drive[3]; | |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 drive[0] = path[0]; | |
| 4510 drive[1] = ':'; | |
| 4511 drive[2] = NUL; | |
| 4512 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
| 4513 goto error_return; | |
| 4514 path += 2; | |
| 4515 } | |
| 4516 else | |
| 4517 #endif | |
| 4518 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL) | |
| 4519 goto error_return; | |
| 4520 | |
| 1541 | 4521 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4522 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4523 goto error_return; |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4526 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the | |
| 4527 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */ | |
| 4528 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\') | |
| 4529 && path[1] != path[0] | |
| 1541 | 4530 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':') |
| 4531 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL; | |
| 7 | 4532 #endif |
| 4533 } | |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4536 /* | |
| 4537 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers. | |
| 4538 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a | |
| 4539 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently. | |
| 4540 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty, | |
| 1541 | 4541 * search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This |
| 7 | 4542 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function |
| 4543 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details. | |
| 4544 */ | |
| 4545 if (stopdirs != NULL) | |
| 4546 { | |
| 4547 char_u *walker = stopdirs; | |
| 4548 int dircount; | |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 while (*walker == ';') | |
| 4551 walker++; | |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 dircount = 1; | |
| 1541 | 4554 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = |
| 4555 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 4556 | |
| 4557 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4558 { |
| 4559 do | |
| 4560 { | |
| 4561 char_u *helper; | |
| 4562 void *ptr; | |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 helper = walker; | |
| 1541 | 4565 ptr = vim_realloc(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v, |
| 7 | 4566 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *)); |
| 4567 if (ptr) | |
| 1541 | 4568 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr; |
| 7 | 4569 else |
| 4570 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */ | |
| 4571 break; | |
| 4572 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';'); | |
| 4573 if (walker) | |
| 4574 { | |
| 1541 | 4575 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
| 4576 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper)); | |
| 7 | 4577 walker++; |
| 4578 } | |
| 4579 else | |
| 4580 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top | |
| 4581 * of directory tree. | |
| 4582 */ | |
| 1541 | 4583 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
| 4584 vim_strsave(helper); | |
| 7 | 4585 |
| 4586 dircount++; | |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 } while (walker != NULL); | |
| 1541 | 4589 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL; |
| 7 | 4590 } |
| 4591 } | |
| 4592 #endif | |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4595 search_ctx->ffsc_level = level; |
| 7 | 4596 |
| 4597 /* split into: | |
| 4598 * -fix path | |
| 4599 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL) | |
| 4600 */ | |
| 4601 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*'); | |
| 4602 if (wc_part != NULL) | |
| 4603 { | |
| 4604 int llevel; | |
| 4605 int len; | |
| 29 | 4606 char *errpt; |
| 7 | 4607 |
| 4608 /* save the fix part of the path */ | |
| 1541 | 4609 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path, (int)(wc_part - path)); |
| 7 | 4610 |
| 4611 /* | |
| 4612 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard. | |
| 1209 | 4613 * The octet after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter. |
| 7 | 4614 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3) |
| 4615 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76). | |
| 4616 * For EBCDIC you get different character values. | |
| 4617 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used. | |
| 1993 | 4618 * Due to this technique the path looks awful if you print it as a |
| 7 | 4619 * string. |
| 4620 */ | |
| 4621 len = 0; | |
| 4622 while (*wc_part != NUL) | |
| 4623 { | |
| 3202 | 4624 if (len + 5 >= MAXPATHL) |
| 4625 { | |
| 4626 EMSG(_(e_pathtoolong)); | |
| 4627 break; | |
| 4628 } | |
| 7 | 4629 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0) |
| 4630 { | |
| 4631 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4632 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4633 | |
| 29 | 4634 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10); |
| 4635 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255) | |
| 7 | 4636 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel; |
| 29 | 4637 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0) |
| 7 | 4638 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */ |
| 4639 len -= 2; | |
| 4640 else | |
| 4641 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND; | |
| 29 | 4642 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt; |
| 461 | 4643 if (*wc_part != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*wc_part)) |
| 7 | 4644 { |
| 4645 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR); | |
| 4646 goto error_return; | |
| 4647 } | |
| 4648 } | |
| 4649 else | |
| 4650 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4651 } | |
| 4652 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL; | |
| 1541 | 4653 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 if (search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4656 goto error_return; |
| 4657 } | |
| 4658 else | |
| 4659 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4660 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path); |
| 4661 | |
| 4662 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4663 { |
| 4664 /* store the fix part as startdir. | |
| 4665 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified. | |
| 4666 */ | |
| 1541 | 4667 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
2445
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4668 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) |
|
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4669 goto error_return; |
|
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4670 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL; |
| 7 | 4671 } |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 /* create an absolute path */ | |
| 3202 | 4674 if (STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir) |
| 4675 + STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) + 3 >= MAXPATHL) | |
| 4676 { | |
| 4677 EMSG(_(e_pathtoolong)); | |
| 4678 goto error_return; | |
| 4679 } | |
| 1541 | 4680 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4681 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 1541 | 4682 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
| 7 | 4683 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer, | |
| 4686 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4687 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, |
| 7 | 4688 #endif |
| 4689 level, 0); | |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 if (sptr == NULL) | |
| 4692 goto error_return; | |
| 4693 | |
| 1541 | 4694 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename); | |
| 4697 if (search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4698 goto error_return; |
| 4699 | |
| 1541 | 4700 return search_ctx; |
| 7 | 4701 |
| 4702 error_return: | |
| 4703 /* | |
| 4704 * We clear the search context now! | |
| 4705 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here, | |
| 4706 * as we might have already destroyed it. | |
| 4707 */ | |
| 1541 | 4708 vim_findfile_cleanup(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4709 return NULL; |
| 4710 } | |
| 4711 | |
| 4712 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4713 /* | |
| 4714 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped. | |
| 4715 */ | |
| 4716 char_u * | |
| 4717 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf) | |
| 4718 char_u *buf; | |
| 4719 { | |
| 4720 char_u *r_ptr = buf; | |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';') | |
| 4723 { | |
| 4724 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';') | |
| 4725 { | |
| 2984 | 4726 /* Overwrite the escape char, |
| 4727 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0'. */ | |
| 1621 | 4728 STRMOVE(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1); |
| 7 | 4729 r_ptr++; |
| 4730 } | |
| 4731 r_ptr++; | |
| 4732 } | |
| 4733 if (*r_ptr == ';') | |
| 4734 { | |
| 4735 *r_ptr = 0; | |
| 4736 r_ptr++; | |
| 4737 } | |
| 4738 else if (*r_ptr == NUL) | |
| 4739 r_ptr = NULL; | |
| 4740 return r_ptr; | |
| 4741 } | |
| 4742 #endif | |
| 4743 | |
| 1541 | 4744 /* |
| 4745 * Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer. | |
| 4746 */ | |
| 7 | 4747 void |
| 4748 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx) | |
| 4749 void *ctx; | |
| 4750 { | |
| 359 | 4751 if (ctx == NULL) |
| 7 | 4752 return; |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx); | |
| 1541 | 4755 ff_clear(ctx); |
| 7 | 4756 vim_free(ctx); |
| 4757 } | |
| 4758 | |
| 4759 /* | |
| 4760 * Find a file in a search context. | |
| 4761 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above. | |
| 4762 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found. | |
| 4763 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL. | |
| 4764 * | |
| 20 | 4765 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned. |
| 7 | 4766 * |
| 4767 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the | |
| 4768 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the | |
| 4769 * top of the list). | |
| 4770 */ | |
| 4771 char_u * | |
| 1541 | 4772 vim_findfile(search_ctx_arg) |
| 4773 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4774 { |
| 4775 char_u *file_path; | |
| 4776 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4777 char_u *rest_of_wildcards; | |
| 4778 char_u *path_end = NULL; | |
| 4779 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4780 ff_stack_T *stackp; |
| 7 | 4781 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) |
| 4782 int len; | |
| 4783 #endif | |
| 4784 int i; | |
| 4785 char_u *p; | |
| 4786 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 4787 char_u *suf; | |
| 4788 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4789 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4792 return NULL; |
| 4793 | |
| 1541 | 4794 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
| 7 | 4795 |
| 4796 /* | |
| 4797 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to | |
| 4798 * return a found filename. | |
| 4799 */ | |
| 4800 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) | |
| 4801 return NULL; | |
| 4802 | |
| 4803 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4804 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */ | |
| 1541 | 4805 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL) |
| 4806 path_end = &search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[ | |
| 4807 STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)]; | |
| 7 | 4808 #endif |
| 4809 | |
| 4810 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4811 /* upward search loop */ | |
| 4812 for (;;) | |
| 4813 { | |
| 4814 #endif | |
| 4815 /* downward search loop */ | |
| 4816 for (;;) | |
| 4817 { | |
| 4818 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/ | |
| 4819 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 4820 if (got_int) | |
| 4821 break; | |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 /* get directory to work on from stack */ | |
| 1541 | 4824 stackp = ff_pop(search_ctx); |
| 4825 if (stackp == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4826 break; |
| 4827 | |
| 4828 /* | |
| 4829 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in | |
| 4830 * | |
| 4831 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice. | |
| 4832 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered. | |
| 4833 * - check for double files also done below | |
| 4834 * | |
| 4835 * Here we check if we already searched this directory. | |
| 4836 * We already searched a directory if: | |
| 4837 * 1) The directory is the same. | |
| 4838 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string. | |
| 4839 * | |
| 4840 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways | |
| 4841 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3: | |
| 4842 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop) | |
| 4843 * | |
| 4844 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the | |
| 1541 | 4845 * first time (hence stackp->ff_filearray == NULL) |
| 7 | 4846 */ |
| 1541 | 4847 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL |
| 4848 && ff_check_visited(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list | |
| 7 | 4849 ->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 1541 | 4850 stackp->ffs_fix_path |
| 7 | 4851 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 4852 , stackp->ffs_wc_path |
| 7 | 4853 #endif |
| 4854 ) == FAIL) | |
| 4855 { | |
| 4856 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4857 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4858 { | |
| 293 | 4859 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4860 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)", |
| 1541 | 4861 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
| 7 | 4862 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4863 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4864 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4865 } |
| 4866 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4867 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4868 continue; |
| 4869 } | |
| 4870 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4871 else if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4872 { | |
| 293 | 4873 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 4874 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)", |
| 1541 | 4875 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
| 7 | 4876 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4877 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4878 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4879 } |
| 4880 #endif | |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 /* check depth */ | |
| 1541 | 4883 if (stackp->ffs_level <= 0) |
| 7 | 4884 { |
| 1541 | 4885 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4886 continue; |
| 4887 } | |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 file_path[0] = NUL; | |
| 4890 | |
| 4891 /* | |
| 4892 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards | |
| 4893 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths | |
| 4894 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this | |
| 4895 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string. | |
| 4896 */ | |
| 1541 | 4897 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL) |
| 7 | 4898 { |
| 4899 char_u *dirptrs[2]; | |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should | |
| 4902 * expand. | |
| 4903 */ | |
| 4904 dirptrs[0] = file_path; | |
| 4905 dirptrs[1] = NULL; | |
| 4906 | |
| 4907 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */ | |
| 1541 | 4908 if (!vim_isAbsName(stackp->ffs_fix_path) |
| 4909 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir) | |
| 7 | 4910 { |
| 1541 | 4911 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4912 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 4913 } | |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 /* append the fix part of the search path */ | |
| 1541 | 4916 STRCAT(file_path, stackp->ffs_fix_path); |
| 7 | 4917 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 4918 | |
| 4919 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4920 rest_of_wildcards = stackp->ffs_wc_path; |
| 7 | 4921 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL) |
| 4922 { | |
| 4923 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
| 4924 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0) | |
| 4925 { | |
| 4926 /* pointer to the restrict byte | |
| 4927 * The restrict byte is not a character! | |
| 4928 */ | |
| 4929 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2; | |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 if (*p > 0) | |
| 4932 { | |
| 4933 (*p)--; | |
| 4934 file_path[len++] = '*'; | |
| 4935 } | |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 if (*p == 0) | |
| 4938 { | |
| 4939 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */ | |
| 1621 | 4940 STRMOVE(rest_of_wildcards, rest_of_wildcards + 3); |
| 7 | 4941 } |
| 4942 else | |
| 4943 rest_of_wildcards += 3; | |
| 4944 | |
| 1541 | 4945 if (stackp->ffs_star_star_empty == 0) |
| 7 | 4946 { |
| 4947 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */ | |
| 1541 | 4948 stackp->ffs_star_star_empty = 1; |
| 4949 dirptrs[1] = stackp->ffs_fix_path; | |
| 7 | 4950 } |
| 4951 } | |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 /* | |
| 4954 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of | |
| 4955 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is | |
| 1209 | 4956 * still something else left. This is handled below by |
| 7 | 4957 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards() |
| 4958 * on the stack again for further search. | |
| 4959 */ | |
| 4960 while (*rest_of_wildcards | |
| 4961 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
| 4962 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++; | |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 file_path[len] = NUL; | |
| 4965 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
| 4966 rest_of_wildcards++; | |
| 4967 } | |
| 4968 #endif | |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 /* | |
| 4971 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR". | |
| 4972 * If the path is a URL don't try this. | |
| 4973 */ | |
| 4974 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0])) | |
| 4975 { | |
| 1541 | 4976 stackp->ffs_filearray = (char_u **) |
| 7 | 4977 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *)); |
| 1541 | 4978 if (stackp->ffs_filearray != NULL |
| 4979 && (stackp->ffs_filearray[0] | |
| 7 | 4980 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL) |
| 1541 | 4981 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 1; |
| 7 | 4982 else |
| 1541 | 4983 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 0; |
| 7 | 4984 } |
| 4985 else | |
| 2984 | 4986 /* Add EW_NOTWILD because the expanded path may contain |
| 4987 * wildcard characters that are to be taken literally. | |
| 4988 * This is a bit of a hack. */ | |
| 7 | 4989 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs, |
| 1541 | 4990 &stackp->ffs_filearray_size, |
| 4991 &stackp->ffs_filearray, | |
| 2984 | 4992 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT|EW_NOTWILD); |
| 7 | 4993 |
| 1541 | 4994 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
| 4995 stackp->ffs_stage = 0; | |
| 7 | 4996 } |
| 4997 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4998 else | |
| 1541 | 4999 rest_of_wildcards = &stackp->ffs_wc_path[ |
| 5000 STRLEN(stackp->ffs_wc_path)]; | |
| 5001 #endif | |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 if (stackp->ffs_stage == 0) | |
| 7 | 5004 { |
| 5005 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */ | |
| 5006 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5007 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL) | |
| 5008 #endif | |
| 5009 { | |
| 5010 /* | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
5011 * We don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to |
|
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
5012 * check for the final file now. |
| 7 | 5013 */ |
| 1541 | 5014 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 5015 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 5016 { |
| 1541 | 5017 if (!path_with_url(stackp->ffs_filearray[i]) |
| 5018 && !mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) | |
| 7 | 5019 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 5020 | |
| 1993 | 5021 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existence |
| 7 | 5022 * below */ |
| 1541 | 5023 STRCPY(file_path, stackp->ffs_filearray[i]); |
| 7 | 5024 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 1541 | 5025 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
| 7 | 5026 |
| 5027 /* | |
| 5028 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes | |
| 5029 * from 'suffixesadd'. | |
| 5030 */ | |
| 5031 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 5032 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5033 if (search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile) |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5034 suf = (char_u *)""; |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5035 else |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5036 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua; |
| 7 | 5037 for (;;) |
| 5038 #endif | |
| 5039 { | |
| 5040 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */ | |
| 5041 if ((path_with_url(file_path) | |
| 1541 | 5042 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0 |
| 5043 && (search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
| 5044 == FINDFILE_BOTH | |
| 5045 || ((search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
| 5046 == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
| 5047 == mch_isdir(file_path))))) | |
| 7 | 5048 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE |
| 5049 && (ff_check_visited( | |
| 1541 | 5050 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 7 | 5051 file_path |
| 5052 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5053 , (char_u *)"" | |
| 5054 #endif | |
| 5055 ) == OK) | |
| 5056 #endif | |
| 5057 ) | |
| 5058 { | |
| 5059 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5060 if (ff_check_visited( | |
| 1541 | 5061 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 7 | 5062 file_path |
| 5063 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5064 , (char_u *)"" | |
| 5065 #endif | |
| 5066 ) == FAIL) | |
| 5067 { | |
| 5068 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5069 { | |
| 293 | 5070 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5071 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s", |
| 7 | 5072 file_path); |
| 5073 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
| 5074 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5075 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5076 } |
| 5077 continue; | |
| 5078 } | |
| 5079 #endif | |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */ | |
| 1541 | 5082 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1; |
| 5083 ff_push(search_ctx, stackp); | |
| 7 | 5084 |
| 1789 | 5085 if (!path_with_url(file_path)) |
| 5086 simplify_filename(file_path); | |
| 7 | 5087 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) |
| 5088 == OK) | |
| 5089 { | |
| 5090 p = shorten_fname(file_path, | |
| 5091 ff_expand_buffer); | |
| 5092 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1621 | 5093 STRMOVE(file_path, p); |
| 7 | 5094 } |
| 5095 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5096 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5097 { | |
| 293 | 5098 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5099 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path); |
| 7 | 5100 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 5101 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5102 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5103 } |
| 5104 #endif | |
| 5105 return file_path; | |
| 5106 } | |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 5109 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */ | |
| 5110 if (*suf == NUL) | |
| 5111 break; | |
| 5112 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len, | |
| 5113 MAXPATHL - len, ","); | |
| 5114 #endif | |
| 5115 } | |
| 5116 } | |
| 5117 } | |
| 5118 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5119 else | |
| 5120 { | |
| 5121 /* | |
| 5122 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further | |
| 5123 * search | |
| 5124 */ | |
| 1541 | 5125 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 5126 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 5127 { |
| 1541 | 5128 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
| 7 | 5129 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 5130 | |
| 1541 | 5131 ff_push(search_ctx, |
| 5132 ff_create_stack_element( | |
| 5133 stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
| 5134 rest_of_wildcards, | |
| 5135 stackp->ffs_level - 1, 0)); | |
| 7 | 5136 } |
| 5137 } | |
| 5138 #endif | |
| 1541 | 5139 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
| 5140 stackp->ffs_stage = 1; | |
| 7 | 5141 } |
| 5142 | |
| 5143 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5144 /* | |
| 5145 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the | |
| 5146 * leaves of the directory tree. | |
| 5147 */ | |
| 1541 | 5148 if (STRNCMP(stackp->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0) |
| 7 | 5149 { |
| 1541 | 5150 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 5151 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 5152 { |
| 1541 | 5153 if (fnamecmp(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], |
| 5154 stackp->ffs_fix_path) == 0) | |
| 7 | 5155 continue; /* don't repush same directory */ |
| 1541 | 5156 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
| 7 | 5157 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 1541 | 5158 ff_push(search_ctx, |
| 5159 ff_create_stack_element(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
| 5160 stackp->ffs_wc_path, stackp->ffs_level - 1, 1)); | |
| 7 | 5161 } |
| 5162 } | |
| 5163 #endif | |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 /* we are done with the current directory */ | |
| 1541 | 5166 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 5167 |
| 5168 } | |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5171 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards. | |
| 5172 * Let's check if we should do an upward search. | |
| 5173 */ | |
| 1541 | 5174 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 5175 && search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int) | |
| 7 | 5176 { |
| 5177 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */ | |
| 1541 | 5180 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir, |
| 5181 (int)(path_end - search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir), | |
| 5182 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE) | |
| 7 | 5183 break; |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 /* cut of last dir */ | |
| 1541 | 5186 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 5187 && vim_ispathsep(*path_end)) | |
| 7 | 5188 path_end--; |
| 1541 | 5189 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 5190 && !vim_ispathsep(path_end[-1])) | |
| 7 | 5191 path_end--; |
| 5192 *path_end = 0; | |
| 5193 path_end--; | |
| 5194 | |
| 1541 | 5195 if (*search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0) |
| 7 | 5196 break; |
| 5197 | |
| 1541 | 5198 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 5199 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 1541 | 5200 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
| 7 | 5201 |
| 5202 /* create a new stack entry */ | |
| 5203 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path, | |
| 1541 | 5204 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0); |
| 7 | 5205 if (sptr == NULL) |
| 5206 break; | |
| 1541 | 5207 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
| 7 | 5208 } |
| 5209 else | |
| 5210 break; | |
| 5211 } | |
| 5212 #endif | |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 vim_free(file_path); | |
| 5215 return NULL; | |
| 5216 } | |
| 5217 | |
| 5218 /* | |
| 5219 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories | |
| 5220 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL; | |
| 5221 */ | |
| 5222 void | |
| 1541 | 5223 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx_arg) |
| 5224 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 5225 { |
| 1541 | 5226 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5229 return; |
| 5230 | |
| 1541 | 5231 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
| 5232 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
| 5233 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
| 7 | 5234 } |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 static void | |
| 5237 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp) | |
| 5238 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
| 5239 { | |
| 5240 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp; | |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 while (*list_headp != NULL) | |
| 5243 { | |
| 5244 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next; | |
| 5245 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list); | |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename); | |
| 5248 vim_free(*list_headp); | |
| 5249 *list_headp = vp; | |
| 5250 } | |
| 5251 *list_headp = NULL; | |
| 5252 } | |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 static void | |
| 5255 ff_free_visited_list(vl) | |
| 5256 ff_visited_T *vl; | |
| 5257 { | |
| 5258 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 while (vl != NULL) | |
| 5261 { | |
| 5262 vp = vl->ffv_next; | |
| 5263 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5264 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path); | |
| 5265 #endif | |
| 5266 vim_free(vl); | |
| 5267 vl = vp; | |
| 5268 } | |
| 5269 vl = NULL; | |
| 5270 } | |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 /* | |
| 5273 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it | |
| 5274 * allocates a new one. | |
| 5275 */ | |
| 5276 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* | |
| 5277 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp) | |
| 5278 char_u *filename; | |
| 5279 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
| 5280 { | |
| 5281 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL; | |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */ | |
| 5284 if (*list_headp != NULL) | |
| 5285 { | |
| 5286 retptr = *list_headp; | |
| 5287 while (retptr != NULL) | |
| 5288 { | |
| 5289 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0) | |
| 5290 { | |
| 5291 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5292 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5293 { | |
| 293 | 5294 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5295 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s", |
| 7 | 5296 filename); |
| 5297 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
| 5298 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5299 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5300 } |
| 5301 #endif | |
| 5302 return retptr; | |
| 5303 } | |
| 5304 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next; | |
| 5305 } | |
| 5306 } | |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5309 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5310 { | |
| 293 | 5311 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5312 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename); |
| 7 | 5313 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 5314 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5315 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5316 } |
| 5317 #endif | |
| 5318 | |
| 5319 /* | |
| 5320 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list | |
| 5321 */ | |
| 5322 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr)); | |
| 5323 if (retptr == NULL) | |
| 5324 return NULL; | |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL; | |
| 5327 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename); | |
| 5328 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL) | |
| 5329 { | |
| 5330 vim_free(retptr); | |
| 5331 return NULL; | |
| 5332 } | |
| 5333 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp; | |
| 5334 *list_headp = retptr; | |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 return retptr; | |
| 5337 } | |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5340 /* | |
| 5341 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE. | |
| 5342 * They are equal if: | |
| 5343 * - both paths are NULL | |
| 5344 * - they have the same length | |
| 5345 * - char by char comparison is OK | |
| 5346 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so | |
| 5347 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24' | |
| 5348 */ | |
| 5349 static int | |
| 5350 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2) | |
| 5351 char_u *s1; | |
| 5352 char_u *s2; | |
| 5353 { | |
| 5354 int i; | |
| 4246 | 5355 int prev1 = NUL; |
| 5356 int prev2 = NUL; | |
| 7 | 5357 |
| 5358 if (s1 == s2) | |
| 5359 return TRUE; | |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) | |
| 5362 return FALSE; | |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 if (STRLEN(s1) != STRLEN(s2)) | |
| 5365 return FAIL; | |
| 5366 | |
| 4246 | 5367 for (i = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[i] != NUL; i += MB_PTR2LEN(s1 + i)) |
| 7 | 5368 { |
| 4246 | 5369 int c1 = PTR2CHAR(s1 + i); |
| 5370 int c2 = PTR2CHAR(s2 + i); | |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 if ((p_fic ? MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2) : c1 != c2) | |
| 5373 && (prev1 != '*' || prev2 != '*')) | |
| 5374 return FAIL; | |
| 5375 prev2 = prev1; | |
| 5376 prev1 = c1; | |
| 7 | 5377 } |
| 5378 return TRUE; | |
| 5379 } | |
| 5380 #endif | |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 /* | |
| 5383 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs | |
| 5384 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list | |
| 5385 * returns OK if it is newly added | |
| 5386 * | |
| 5387 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems? | |
| 5388 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of | |
| 5389 * never. | |
| 5390 */ | |
| 5391 static int | |
| 5392 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname | |
| 5393 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5394 , wc_path | |
| 5395 #endif | |
| 5396 ) | |
| 5397 ff_visited_T **visited_list; | |
| 5398 char_u *fname; | |
| 5399 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5400 char_u *wc_path; | |
| 5401 #endif | |
| 5402 { | |
| 5403 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
| 5404 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5405 struct stat st; | |
| 5406 int url = FALSE; | |
| 5407 #endif | |
| 5408 | |
| 5409 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the | |
| 5410 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */ | |
| 5411 if (path_with_url(fname)) | |
| 5412 { | |
| 418 | 5413 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 7 | 5414 #ifdef UNIX |
| 5415 url = TRUE; | |
| 5416 #endif | |
| 5417 } | |
| 5418 else | |
| 5419 { | |
| 5420 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL; | |
| 5421 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5422 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0) | |
| 5423 #else | |
| 5424 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
| 5425 #endif | |
| 5426 return FAIL; | |
| 5427 } | |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 /* check against list of already visited files */ | |
| 5430 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next) | |
| 5431 { | |
| 5432 if ( | |
| 5433 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1881 | 5434 !url ? (vp->ffv_dev_valid && vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev |
| 5435 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino) | |
| 5436 : | |
| 7 | 5437 #endif |
| 5438 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0 | |
| 5439 ) | |
| 5440 { | |
| 5441 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5442 /* are the wildcard parts equal */ | |
| 5443 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE) | |
| 5444 #endif | |
| 5445 /* already visited */ | |
| 5446 return FAIL; | |
| 5447 } | |
| 5448 } | |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 /* | |
| 5451 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs. | |
| 5452 */ | |
| 5453 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T) | |
| 5454 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer))); | |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 if (vp != NULL) | |
| 5457 { | |
| 5458 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5459 if (!url) | |
| 5460 { | |
| 1881 | 5461 vp->ffv_dev_valid = TRUE; |
| 7 | 5462 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino; |
| 5463 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev; | |
| 5464 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL; | |
| 5465 } | |
| 5466 else | |
| 5467 { | |
| 1881 | 5468 vp->ffv_dev_valid = FALSE; |
| 7 | 5469 #endif |
| 5470 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer); | |
| 5471 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5472 } | |
| 5473 #endif | |
| 5474 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5475 if (wc_path != NULL) | |
| 5476 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path); | |
| 5477 else | |
| 5478 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL; | |
| 5479 #endif | |
| 5480 | |
| 5481 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list; | |
| 5482 *visited_list = vp; | |
| 5483 } | |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 return OK; | |
| 5486 } | |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 /* | |
| 5489 * create stack element from given path pieces | |
| 5490 */ | |
| 5491 static ff_stack_T * | |
| 5492 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part, | |
| 5493 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5494 wc_part, | |
| 5495 #endif | |
| 5496 level, star_star_empty) | |
| 5497 char_u *fix_part; | |
| 5498 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5499 char_u *wc_part; | |
| 5500 #endif | |
| 5501 int level; | |
| 5502 int star_star_empty; | |
| 5503 { | |
| 5504 ff_stack_T *new; | |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T)); | |
| 5507 if (new == NULL) | |
| 5508 return NULL; | |
| 5509 | |
| 5510 new->ffs_prev = NULL; | |
| 5511 new->ffs_filearray = NULL; | |
| 5512 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0; | |
| 5513 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; | |
| 5514 new->ffs_stage = 0; | |
| 5515 new->ffs_level = level; | |
| 5516 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;; | |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */ | |
| 5519 if (fix_part == NULL) | |
| 5520 fix_part = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5521 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part); | |
| 5522 | |
| 5523 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5524 if (wc_part == NULL) | |
| 5525 wc_part = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5526 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part); | |
| 5527 #endif | |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL | |
| 5530 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5531 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL | |
| 5532 #endif | |
| 5533 ) | |
| 5534 { | |
| 5535 ff_free_stack_element(new); | |
| 5536 new = NULL; | |
| 5537 } | |
| 5538 | |
| 5539 return new; | |
| 5540 } | |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 /* | |
| 1541 | 5543 * Push a dir on the directory stack. |
| 7 | 5544 */ |
| 5545 static void | |
| 1541 | 5546 ff_push(search_ctx, stack_ptr) |
| 5547 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 5548 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5549 { |
| 5550 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but | |
| 359 | 5551 * to prevent a crash */ |
| 1541 | 5552 if (stack_ptr != NULL) |
| 7 | 5553 { |
| 1541 | 5554 stack_ptr->ffs_prev = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
| 5555 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5556 } |
| 5557 } | |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 /* | |
| 1541 | 5560 * Pop a dir from the directory stack. |
| 5561 * Returns NULL if stack is empty. | |
| 7 | 5562 */ |
| 5563 static ff_stack_T * | |
| 1541 | 5564 ff_pop(search_ctx) |
| 5565 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 5566 { |
| 5567 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5568 | |
| 1541 | 5569 sptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
| 5570 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL) | |
| 5571 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev; | |
| 7 | 5572 |
| 5573 return sptr; | |
| 5574 } | |
| 5575 | |
| 5576 /* | |
| 5577 * free the given stack element | |
| 5578 */ | |
| 5579 static void | |
| 1541 | 5580 ff_free_stack_element(stack_ptr) |
| 5581 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5582 { |
| 5583 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */ | |
| 1541 | 5584 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_fix_path); |
| 7 | 5585 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5586 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_wc_path); |
| 5587 #endif | |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 if (stack_ptr->ffs_filearray != NULL) | |
| 5590 FreeWild(stack_ptr->ffs_filearray_size, stack_ptr->ffs_filearray); | |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 vim_free(stack_ptr); | |
| 7 | 5593 } |
| 5594 | |
| 5595 /* | |
| 1541 | 5596 * Clear the search context, but NOT the visited list. |
| 7 | 5597 */ |
| 5598 static void | |
| 1541 | 5599 ff_clear(search_ctx) |
| 5600 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 5601 { |
| 5602 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 /* clear up stack */ | |
| 1541 | 5605 while ((sptr = ff_pop(search_ctx)) != NULL) |
| 7 | 5606 ff_free_stack_element(sptr); |
| 5607 | |
| 1541 | 5608 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
| 5609 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); | |
| 5610 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); | |
| 7 | 5611 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5612 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
| 7 | 5613 #endif |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 5616 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) |
| 7 | 5617 { |
| 5618 int i = 0; | |
| 5619 | |
| 1541 | 5620 while (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL) |
| 7 | 5621 { |
| 1541 | 5622 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]); |
| 7 | 5623 i++; |
| 5624 } | |
| 1541 | 5625 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v); |
| 7 | 5626 } |
| 1541 | 5627 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL; |
| 7 | 5628 #endif |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 /* reset everything */ | |
| 1541 | 5631 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL; |
| 5632 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL; | |
| 5633 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5634 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5635 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL; |
| 5636 search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0; | |
| 7 | 5637 #endif |
| 5638 } | |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5641 /* | |
| 5642 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs | |
| 5643 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE | |
| 5644 */ | |
| 5645 static int | |
| 5646 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v) | |
| 5647 char_u *path; | |
| 5648 int path_len; | |
| 5649 char_u **stopdirs_v; | |
| 5650 { | |
| 5651 int i = 0; | |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */ | |
| 461 | 5654 while (path_len > 1 && vim_ispathsep(path[path_len - 1])) |
| 7 | 5655 path_len--; |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 /* if no path consider it as match */ | |
| 5658 if (path_len == 0) | |
| 5659 return TRUE; | |
| 5660 | |
| 5661 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++) | |
| 5662 { | |
| 5663 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len) | |
| 5664 { | |
| 5665 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches | |
| 5666 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else | |
| 5667 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks' | |
| 5668 */ | |
| 5669 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0 | |
| 461 | 5670 && vim_ispathsep(stopdirs_v[i][path_len])) |
| 7 | 5671 return TRUE; |
| 5672 } | |
| 5673 else | |
| 5674 { | |
| 5675 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0) | |
| 5676 return TRUE; | |
| 5677 } | |
| 5678 } | |
| 5679 return FALSE; | |
| 5680 } | |
| 5681 #endif | |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5684 /* | |
| 1541 | 5685 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path. Also finds directory names. |
| 7 | 5686 * |
| 5687 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize | |
| 5688 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE. | |
| 5689 * | |
| 5690 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path. | |
| 5691 * | |
| 5692 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they | |
| 5693 * don't need valid values. | |
| 5694 * | |
| 5695 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the | |
| 5696 * message: | |
| 5697 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path' | |
| 5698 * On repeating calls: | |
| 5699 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path' | |
| 5700 * | |
| 5701 * options: | |
| 5702 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
| 5703 * | |
| 5704 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
| 5705 * | |
| 5706 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
| 5707 * | |
| 5708 */ | |
| 5709 char_u * | |
| 5710 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname) | |
| 5711 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
| 5712 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5713 int options; | |
| 5714 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
| 5715 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
| 5716 { | |
| 5717 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, | |
| 5718 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path, | |
| 1541 | 5719 FINDFILE_BOTH, rel_fname, curbuf->b_p_sua); |
| 7 | 5720 } |
| 5721 | |
| 359 | 5722 static char_u *ff_file_to_find = NULL; |
| 5723 static void *fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 #if defined(EXITFREE) | |
| 5726 static void | |
| 5727 free_findfile() | |
| 5728 { | |
| 5729 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); | |
| 5730 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); | |
| 5731 } | |
| 5732 #endif | |
| 5733 | |
| 7 | 5734 /* |
| 5735 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path. | |
| 5736 * | |
| 5737 * options: | |
| 5738 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
| 5739 * | |
| 5740 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
| 5741 * | |
| 5742 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
| 5743 */ | |
| 5744 char_u * | |
| 5745 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname) | |
| 5746 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
| 5747 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5748 int options; | |
| 5749 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
| 5750 { | |
| 5751 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath, | |
| 1541 | 5752 FINDFILE_DIR, rel_fname, (char_u *)""); |
| 7 | 5753 } |
| 5754 | |
| 19 | 5755 char_u * |
| 1541 | 5756 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, find_what, rel_fname, suffixes) |
| 7 | 5757 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ |
| 5758 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5759 int options; | |
| 5760 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
| 5761 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */ | |
| 1541 | 5762 int find_what; /* FINDFILE_FILE, _DIR or _BOTH */ |
| 7 | 5763 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */ |
| 794 | 5764 char_u *suffixes; /* list of suffixes, 'suffixesadd' option */ |
| 7 | 5765 { |
| 5766 static char_u *dir; | |
| 5767 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5768 char_u save_char; | |
| 5769 char_u *file_name = NULL; | |
| 5770 char_u *buf = NULL; | |
| 5771 int rel_to_curdir; | |
| 5772 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5773 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L); | |
| 5774 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr; | |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */ | |
| 5777 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L; | |
| 5778 #endif | |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5781 { | |
| 5782 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */ | |
| 5783 save_char = ptr[len]; | |
| 5784 ptr[len] = NUL; | |
| 5785 expand_env(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 5786 ptr[len] = save_char; | |
| 5787 | |
| 359 | 5788 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); |
| 5789 ff_file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
| 5790 if (ff_file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7 | 5791 { |
| 5792 file_name = NULL; | |
| 5793 goto theend; | |
| 5794 } | |
| 5795 } | |
| 5796 | |
| 359 | 5797 rel_to_curdir = (ff_file_to_find[0] == '.' |
| 5798 && (ff_file_to_find[1] == NUL | |
| 5799 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[1]) | |
| 5800 || (ff_file_to_find[1] == '.' | |
| 5801 && (ff_file_to_find[2] == NUL | |
| 5802 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[2]))))); | |
| 5803 if (vim_isAbsName(ff_file_to_find) | |
| 7 | 5804 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */ |
| 5805 || rel_to_curdir | |
| 5806 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2) | |
| 5807 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */ | |
| 359 | 5808 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[0]) |
| 1993 | 5809 /* handle "c:name" as absolute path */ |
| 359 | 5810 || (ff_file_to_find[0] != NUL && ff_file_to_find[1] == ':') |
| 7 | 5811 #endif |
| 5812 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5813 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */ | |
| 359 | 5814 || ff_file_to_find[0] == ':' |
| 7 | 5815 #endif |
| 5816 ) | |
| 5817 { | |
| 5818 /* | |
| 5819 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option". | |
| 5820 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a | |
| 5821 * filename on the first call. | |
| 5822 */ | |
| 5823 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5824 { | |
| 5825 int l; | |
| 5826 int run; | |
| 5827 | |
| 359 | 5828 if (path_with_url(ff_file_to_find)) |
| 7 | 5829 { |
| 359 | 5830 file_name = vim_strsave(ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5831 goto theend; |
| 5832 } | |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file. | |
| 5835 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */ | |
| 5836 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run) | |
| 5837 { | |
| 359 | 5838 l = (int)STRLEN(ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5839 if (run == 1 |
| 5840 && rel_to_curdir | |
| 5841 && (options & FNAME_REL) | |
| 5842 && rel_fname != NULL | |
| 5843 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL) | |
| 5844 { | |
| 5845 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname); | |
| 359 | 5846 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5847 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 5848 } | |
| 5849 else | |
| 5850 { | |
| 359 | 5851 STRCPY(NameBuff, ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5852 run = 2; |
| 5853 } | |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of | |
| 5856 * 'suffixesadd'. */ | |
| 794 | 5857 buf = suffixes; |
| 7 | 5858 for (;;) |
| 5859 { | |
| 5860 if ( | |
| 5861 #ifdef DJGPP | |
| 5862 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(), | |
| 5863 * assume it's always valid. */ | |
| 1541 | 5864 (find_what != FINDFILE_FILE && NameBuff[0] != NUL |
| 7 | 5865 && NameBuff[1] == ':' |
| 5866 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) || | |
| 5867 #endif | |
| 5868 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0 | |
| 1541 | 5869 && (find_what == FINDFILE_BOTH |
| 5870 || ((find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
| 5871 == mch_isdir(NameBuff))))) | |
| 7 | 5872 { |
| 5873 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
| 5874 goto theend; | |
| 5875 } | |
| 5876 if (*buf == NUL) | |
| 5877 break; | |
| 5878 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ","); | |
| 5879 } | |
| 5880 } | |
| 5881 } | |
| 5882 } | |
| 5883 else | |
| 5884 { | |
| 5885 /* | |
| 5886 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option. | |
| 5887 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option. | |
| 5888 * Otherwise continue to find the next match. | |
| 5889 */ | |
| 5890 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5891 { | |
| 5892 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */ | |
| 359 | 5893 vim_findfile_free_visited(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 7 | 5894 dir = path_option; |
| 5895 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5896 } | |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 for (;;) | |
| 5899 { | |
| 5900 if (did_findfile_init) | |
| 5901 { | |
| 359 | 5902 file_name = vim_findfile(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 7 | 5903 if (file_name != NULL) |
| 5904 break; | |
| 5905 | |
| 5906 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5907 } | |
| 5908 else | |
| 5909 { | |
| 5910 char_u *r_ptr; | |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL) | |
| 5913 { | |
| 5914 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can | |
| 5915 * free the search context. */ | |
| 359 | 5916 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 5917 fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5918 break; |
| 5919 } | |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) | |
| 5922 break; | |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 /* copy next path */ | |
| 5925 buf[0] = 0; | |
| 5926 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); | |
| 5927 | |
| 5928 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5929 /* get the stopdir string */ | |
| 5930 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf); | |
| 5931 #else | |
| 5932 r_ptr = NULL; | |
| 5933 #endif | |
| 359 | 5934 fdip_search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, ff_file_to_find, |
| 1541 | 5935 r_ptr, 100, FALSE, find_what, |
| 359 | 5936 fdip_search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname); |
| 5937 if (fdip_search_ctx != NULL) | |
| 7 | 5938 did_findfile_init = TRUE; |
| 5939 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5940 } | |
| 5941 } | |
| 5942 } | |
| 5943 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS)) | |
| 5944 { | |
| 5945 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5946 { | |
| 1541 | 5947 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
| 7 | 5948 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"), |
| 359 | 5949 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5950 else |
| 5951 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"), | |
| 359 | 5952 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5953 } |
| 5954 else | |
| 5955 { | |
| 1541 | 5956 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
| 7 | 5957 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"), |
| 359 | 5958 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5959 else |
| 5960 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"), | |
| 359 | 5961 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5962 } |
| 5963 } | |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 theend: | |
| 5966 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5967 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr; | |
| 5968 #endif | |
| 5969 return file_name; | |
| 5970 } | |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */ | |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 /* | |
| 5975 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search | |
| 5976 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir(). | |
| 5977 */ | |
| 5978 int | |
| 5979 vim_chdir(new_dir) | |
| 5980 char_u *new_dir; | |
| 5981 { | |
| 5982 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 5983 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir); | |
| 5984 #else | |
| 5985 char_u *dir_name; | |
| 5986 int r; | |
| 5987 | |
| 5988 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir), | |
| 5989 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname); | |
| 5990 if (dir_name == NULL) | |
| 5991 return -1; | |
| 5992 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name); | |
| 5993 vim_free(dir_name); | |
| 5994 return r; | |
| 5995 #endif | |
| 5996 } | |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 /* | |
| 418 | 5999 * Get user name from machine-specific function. |
| 7 | 6000 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]". |
| 418 | 6001 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT), thus |
| 6002 * cache the result. | |
| 7 | 6003 * Returns OK or FAIL. |
| 6004 */ | |
| 6005 int | |
| 6006 get_user_name(buf, len) | |
| 6007 char_u *buf; | |
| 6008 int len; | |
| 6009 { | |
| 359 | 6010 if (username == NULL) |
| 7 | 6011 { |
| 6012 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL) | |
| 6013 return FAIL; | |
| 359 | 6014 username = vim_strsave(buf); |
| 7 | 6015 } |
| 6016 else | |
| 418 | 6017 vim_strncpy(buf, username, len - 1); |
| 7 | 6018 return OK; |
| 6019 } | |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT | |
| 6022 /* | |
| 6023 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it. | |
| 6024 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book. | |
| 6025 */ | |
| 6026 void | |
| 6027 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp) | |
| 6028 void *base; | |
| 6029 size_t elm_count; | |
| 6030 size_t elm_size; | |
| 6031 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 6032 { | |
| 6033 char_u *buf; | |
| 6034 char_u *p1; | |
| 6035 char_u *p2; | |
| 6036 int i, j; | |
| 6037 int gap; | |
| 6038 | |
| 6039 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size); | |
| 6040 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 6041 return; | |
| 6042 | |
| 6043 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2) | |
| 6044 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i) | |
| 6045 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap) | |
| 6046 { | |
| 6047 /* Compare the elements. */ | |
| 6048 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size; | |
| 6049 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size; | |
| 6050 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0) | |
| 6051 break; | |
| 1993 | 6052 /* Exchange the elements. */ |
| 7 | 6053 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size); |
| 6054 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size); | |
| 6055 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size); | |
| 6056 } | |
| 6057 | |
| 6058 vim_free(buf); | |
| 6059 } | |
| 6060 #endif | |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 /* | |
| 6063 * Sort an array of strings. | |
| 6064 */ | |
| 6065 static int | |
| 6066 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 6067 _RTLENTRYF | |
| 6068 #endif | |
| 6069 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 static int | |
| 6072 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 6073 _RTLENTRYF | |
| 6074 #endif | |
| 6075 sort_compare(s1, s2) | |
| 6076 const void *s1; | |
| 6077 const void *s2; | |
| 6078 { | |
| 6079 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2); | |
| 6080 } | |
| 6081 | |
| 6082 void | |
| 6083 sort_strings(files, count) | |
| 6084 char_u **files; | |
| 6085 int count; | |
| 6086 { | |
| 6087 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare); | |
| 6088 } | |
| 6089 | |
| 6090 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6091 /* | |
| 6092 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]". | |
| 39 | 6093 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]" |
| 7 | 6094 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators. |
| 6095 */ | |
| 6096 int | |
| 39 | 6097 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen) |
| 7 | 6098 const char *p, *q; |
| 39 | 6099 int maxlen; |
| 7 | 6100 { |
| 6101 int i; | |
| 4276 | 6102 int c1, c2; |
| 41 | 6103 const char *s = NULL; |
| 7 | 6104 |
| 4276 | 6105 for (i = 0; maxlen < 0 || i < maxlen; i += MB_PTR2LEN((char_u *)p + i)) |
| 7 | 6106 { |
| 4276 | 6107 c1 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)p + i); |
| 6108 c2 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)q + i); | |
| 6109 | |
| 7 | 6110 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */ |
| 4276 | 6111 if (c1 == NUL) |
| 7 | 6112 { |
| 4276 | 6113 if (c2 == NUL) /* full match */ |
| 7 | 6114 return 0; |
| 6115 s = q; | |
| 6116 break; | |
| 6117 } | |
| 6118 | |
| 6119 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */ | |
| 4276 | 6120 if (c2 == NUL) |
| 7 | 6121 { |
| 6122 s = p; | |
| 6123 break; | |
| 6124 } | |
| 6125 | |
| 4276 | 6126 if ((p_fic ? MB_TOUPPER(c1) != MB_TOUPPER(c2) : c1 != c2) |
| 7 | 6127 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 6128 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */ | |
| 4276 | 6129 && !((c1 == '/' && c2 == '\\') |
| 6130 || (c1 == '\\' && c2 == '/')) | |
| 7 | 6131 #endif |
| 6132 ) | |
| 6133 { | |
| 4276 | 6134 if (vim_ispathsep(c1)) |
| 7 | 6135 return -1; |
| 4276 | 6136 if (vim_ispathsep(c2)) |
| 7 | 6137 return 1; |
| 4276 | 6138 return p_fic ? MB_TOUPPER(c1) - MB_TOUPPER(c2) |
| 6139 : c1 - c2; /* no match */ | |
| 7 | 6140 } |
| 6141 } | |
| 41 | 6142 if (s == NULL) /* "i" ran into "maxlen" */ |
| 6143 return 0; | |
| 7 | 6144 |
| 4276 | 6145 c1 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)s + i); |
| 6146 c2 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)s + i + MB_PTR2LEN((char_u *)s + i)); | |
| 7 | 6147 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */ |
| 4276 | 6148 if (c2 == NUL |
| 41 | 6149 && i > 0 |
| 6150 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i) | |
| 7 | 6151 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 4276 | 6152 && (c1 == '/' || c1 == '\\') |
| 7 | 6153 #else |
| 4276 | 6154 && c1 == '/' |
| 7 | 6155 #endif |
| 41 | 6156 ) |
| 7 | 6157 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */ |
| 6158 if (s == q) | |
| 6159 return -1; /* no match */ | |
| 6160 return 1; | |
| 6161 } | |
| 6162 #endif | |
| 6163 | |
| 6164 /* | |
| 6165 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program. | |
| 6166 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert. | |
| 6167 * See pty.c for the copyright notice. | |
| 6168 */ | |
| 6169 | |
| 6170 /* | |
| 6171 * putenv -- put value into environment | |
| 6172 * | |
| 6173 * Usage: i = putenv (string) | |
| 6174 * int i; | |
| 6175 * char *string; | |
| 6176 * | |
| 6177 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>. | |
| 6178 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc). | |
| 6179 * | |
| 6180 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to | |
| 6181 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular | |
| 6182 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire | |
| 6183 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack | |
| 6184 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first | |
| 6185 * time you call it. | |
| 6186 * | |
| 6187 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.) | |
| 6188 */ | |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) | |
| 6191 | |
| 6192 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */ | |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */ | |
| 6195 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 6196 extern | |
| 6197 #endif | |
| 6198 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */ | |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */ | |
| 6201 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */ | |
| 6202 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */ | |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 int | |
| 6205 putenv(string) | |
| 6206 const char *string; | |
| 6207 { | |
| 6208 int i; | |
| 6209 char *p; | |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 if (envsize < 0) | |
| 6212 { /* first time putenv called */ | |
| 6213 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */ | |
| 6214 return -1; | |
| 6215 } | |
| 6216 | |
| 6217 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */ | |
| 6218 | |
| 6219 if (i < 0) | |
| 6220 { /* name must be added */ | |
| 6221 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++); | |
| 6222 if (i >= (envsize - 1)) | |
| 6223 { /* need new slot */ | |
| 6224 if (moreenv() < 0) | |
| 6225 return -1; | |
| 6226 } | |
| 6227 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1)); | |
| 6228 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */ | |
| 6229 return -1; | |
| 6230 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */ | |
| 6231 } | |
| 6232 else | |
| 6233 { /* name already in env. */ | |
| 6234 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1); | |
| 6235 if (p == NULL) | |
| 6236 return -1; | |
| 6237 } | |
| 6238 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */ | |
| 6239 environ[i] = p; | |
| 6240 | |
| 6241 return 0; | |
| 6242 } | |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 static int | |
| 6245 findenv(name) | |
| 6246 char *name; | |
| 6247 { | |
| 6248 char *namechar, *envchar; | |
| 6249 int i, found; | |
| 6250 | |
| 6251 found = 0; | |
| 6252 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++) | |
| 6253 { | |
| 6254 envchar = environ[i]; | |
| 6255 namechar = name; | |
| 6256 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar)) | |
| 6257 { | |
| 6258 namechar++; | |
| 6259 envchar++; | |
| 6260 } | |
| 6261 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '='); | |
| 6262 } | |
| 6263 return found ? i - 1 : -1; | |
| 6264 } | |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 static int | |
| 6267 newenv() | |
| 6268 { | |
| 6269 char **env, *elem; | |
| 6270 int i, esize; | |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 6273 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */ | |
| 6274 i = 0; | |
| 6275 #else | |
| 6276 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
| 6277 ; | |
| 6278 #endif | |
| 6279 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1; | |
| 6280 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem))); | |
| 6281 if (env == NULL) | |
| 6282 return -1; | |
| 6283 | |
| 6284 #ifndef MACOS | |
| 6285 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
| 6286 { | |
| 6287 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1)); | |
| 6288 if (elem == NULL) | |
| 6289 return -1; | |
| 6290 env[i] = elem; | |
| 6291 strcpy(elem, environ[i]); | |
| 6292 } | |
| 6293 #endif | |
| 6294 | |
| 6295 env[i] = 0; | |
| 6296 environ = env; | |
| 6297 envsize = esize; | |
| 6298 return 0; | |
| 6299 } | |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 static int | |
| 6302 moreenv() | |
| 6303 { | |
| 6304 int esize; | |
| 6305 char **env; | |
| 6306 | |
| 6307 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE; | |
| 6308 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env)); | |
| 6309 if (env == 0) | |
| 6310 return -1; | |
| 6311 environ = env; | |
| 6312 envsize = esize; | |
| 6313 return 0; | |
| 6314 } | |
| 6315 | |
| 6316 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV | |
| 6317 char_u * | |
| 6318 vimpty_getenv(string) | |
| 6319 const char_u *string; | |
| 6320 { | |
| 6321 int i; | |
| 6322 char_u *p; | |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 if (envsize < 0) | |
| 6325 return NULL; | |
| 6326 | |
| 6327 i = findenv((char *)string); | |
| 6328 | |
| 6329 if (i < 0) | |
| 6330 return NULL; | |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '='); | |
| 6333 return (p + 1); | |
| 6334 } | |
| 6335 # endif | |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */ | |
| 313 | 6338 |
| 741 | 6339 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 313 | 6340 /* |
| 6341 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have | |
| 6342 * rights to write into. | |
| 6343 */ | |
| 6344 int | |
| 6345 filewritable(fname) | |
| 6346 char_u *fname; | |
| 6347 { | |
| 6348 int retval = 0; | |
| 6349 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6350 int perm = 0; | |
| 6351 #endif | |
| 6352 | |
| 6353 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6354 perm = mch_getperm(fname); | |
| 6355 #endif | |
| 6356 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */ | |
| 6357 if ( | |
| 6358 # ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 6359 mch_writable(fname) && | |
| 6360 # else | |
| 6361 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6362 (perm & 0222) && | |
| 6363 # endif | |
| 6364 # endif | |
| 6365 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0 | |
| 6366 ) | |
| 6367 #endif | |
| 6368 { | |
| 6369 ++retval; | |
| 6370 if (mch_isdir(fname)) | |
| 6371 ++retval; | |
| 6372 } | |
| 6373 return retval; | |
| 6374 } | |
| 6375 #endif | |
| 332 | 6376 |
| 6377 /* | |
| 6378 * Print an error message with one or two "%s" and one or two string arguments. | |
| 6379 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
| 6380 */ | |
| 6381 int | |
| 6382 emsg3(s, a1, a2) | |
| 6383 char_u *s, *a1, *a2; | |
| 6384 { | |
| 840 | 6385 if (emsg_not_now()) |
| 332 | 6386 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
| 1438 | 6387 #ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H |
| 6388 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, a1, a2); | |
| 6389 #else | |
| 840 | 6390 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, (long_u)a1, (long_u)a2); |
| 1438 | 6391 #endif |
| 332 | 6392 return emsg(IObuff); |
| 6393 } | |
| 6394 | |
| 6395 /* | |
| 6396 * Print an error message with one "%ld" and one long int argument. | |
| 6397 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
| 6398 */ | |
| 6399 int | |
| 6400 emsgn(s, n) | |
| 6401 char_u *s; | |
| 6402 long n; | |
| 6403 { | |
| 840 | 6404 if (emsg_not_now()) |
| 332 | 6405 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
| 6406 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, n); | |
| 6407 return emsg(IObuff); | |
| 6408 } | |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6409 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6410 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(FEAT_PERSISTENT_UNDO) || defined(PROTO) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6411 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6412 * Read 2 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6413 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6414 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6415 get2c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6416 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6417 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6418 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6419 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6420 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6421 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6422 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6423 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6424 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6425 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6426 * Read 3 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6427 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6428 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6429 get3c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6430 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6431 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6432 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6433 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6434 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6435 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6436 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6437 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6438 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6439 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6440 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6441 * Read 4 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6442 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6443 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6444 get4c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6445 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6446 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6447 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6448 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6449 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6450 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6451 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6452 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6453 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6454 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6455 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6456 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6457 * Read 8 bytes from "fd" and turn them into a time_t, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6458 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6459 time_t |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6460 get8ctime(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6461 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6462 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6463 time_t n = 0; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6464 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6465 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6466 for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6467 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6468 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6469 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6470 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6471 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6472 * Read a string of length "cnt" from "fd" into allocated memory. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6473 * Returns NULL when out of memory or unable to read that many bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6474 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6475 char_u * |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6476 read_string(fd, cnt) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6477 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6478 int cnt; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6479 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6480 char_u *str; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6481 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6482 int c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6483 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6484 /* allocate memory */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6485 str = alloc((unsigned)cnt + 1); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6486 if (str != NULL) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6487 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6488 /* Read the string. Quit when running into the EOF. */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6489 for (i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6490 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6491 c = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6492 if (c == EOF) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6493 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6494 vim_free(str); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6495 return NULL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6496 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6497 str[i] = c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6498 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6499 str[i] = NUL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6500 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6501 return str; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6502 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6503 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6504 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6505 * Write a number to file "fd", MSB first, in "len" bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6506 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6507 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6508 put_bytes(fd, nr, len) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6509 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6510 long_u nr; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6511 int len; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6512 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6513 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6514 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6515 for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6516 if (putc((int)(nr >> (i * 8)), fd) == EOF) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6517 return FAIL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6518 return OK; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6519 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6520 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6521 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6522 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6523 /* This line is required for VC6 without the service pack. Also see the |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6524 * matching #pragma below. */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6525 # pragma optimize("", off) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6526 # endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6527 #endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6528 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6529 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6530 * Write time_t to file "fd" in 8 bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6531 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6532 void |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6533 put_time(fd, the_time) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6534 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6535 time_t the_time; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6536 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6537 int c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6538 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6539 time_t wtime = the_time; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6540 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6541 /* time_t can be up to 8 bytes in size, more than long_u, thus we |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6542 * can't use put_bytes() here. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6543 * Another problem is that ">>" may do an arithmetic shift that keeps the |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6544 * sign. This happens for large values of wtime. A cast to long_u may |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6545 * truncate if time_t is 8 bytes. So only use a cast when it is 4 bytes, |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6546 * it's safe to assume that long_u is 4 bytes or more and when using 8 |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6547 * bytes the top bit won't be set. */ |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6548 for (i = 7; i >= 0; --i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6549 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6550 if (i + 1 > (int)sizeof(time_t)) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6551 /* ">>" doesn't work well when shifting more bits than avail */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6552 putc(0, fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6553 else |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6554 { |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6555 #if defined(SIZEOF_TIME_T) && SIZEOF_TIME_T > 4 |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6556 c = (int)(wtime >> (i * 8)); |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6557 #else |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6558 c = (int)((long_u)wtime >> (i * 8)); |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6559 #endif |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6560 putc(c, fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6561 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6562 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6563 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6564 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6565 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6566 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6567 # pragma optimize("", on) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6568 # endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6569 #endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6570 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6571 #endif |
| 3257 | 6572 |
| 6573 #if (defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)) \ | |
| 6574 || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6575 /* | |
| 6576 * Return TRUE if string "s" contains a non-ASCII character (128 or higher). | |
| 6577 * When "s" is NULL FALSE is returned. | |
| 6578 */ | |
| 6579 int | |
| 6580 has_non_ascii(s) | |
| 6581 char_u *s; | |
| 6582 { | |
| 6583 char_u *p; | |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 if (s != NULL) | |
| 6586 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) | |
| 6587 if (*p >= 128) | |
| 6588 return TRUE; | |
| 6589 return FALSE; | |
| 6590 } | |
| 6591 #endif |